Yamamoto Electric Works Co., Ltd.
<<13th edition>> SEPTEMBER 2021

Manostar General Catalog

Yamamoto Electric Works Co., Ltd.
http://www.manostar.co.jp/

THE GENERALCATALOG

List of products in catalog‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥

Manostar gauge

Manostar switch

pp. 3–10

WO81[High-accuracy fine differential pressure gauge]
Wide range variation
Compatible with airflow rate and airflow speed
scales as wellpp. 11–22

WO71[Flat-type fine differential pressure gauge]
Thin type
Equipped with rotary base as standard

pp. 23–30

FR51A[Edgewise fine differential pressure gauge]
Small-size and lightweight type
Standard lineup of products with color-coded scale

pp. 31–34

MS99[Fine differential pressure switch]High accuracy
Wide setting range

pp. 35–42

MS99S[Intrinsically safe fine differential pressure switch]
Explosion-proof performance Ex ia IIC T6 Ga

pp. 43–46[Small-sized fine differential pressure switch]

MS61A-RA Small-size and lightweight type
With built-in lead switch

pp. 47–50

QDP33[30×30 type digital fine differential pressure sensor]
High sensitivity, high accuracy
Compatible with ultra-low pressure range (10 Pa)
as well

pp. 51–62

EMD8A[24×48 type digital fine differential pressure sensor]
Connector connection typepp. 63–70

EMD7[48×48 type digital fine differential pressure sensor]
Terminal connection typepp. 71–76

EMT1[High-accuracy fine differential pressure transmitter]
Wide range variation

pp. 77–80

EMTGP1[Anticorrosion type fine differential pressuretransmitter]
Dedicated to negative pressure measurement

pp. 81–84

EMT1H[Intrinsically safe fine differential pressuretransmitter]
Explosion-proof performance Ex ia IIC T4 Ga

pp. 85–88

EMT6[Small-sized fine differential pressure transmitter]
Lightweight typepp. 89–90

Receiving instrument

EMP5A[Receiving instrument]
Capable of displaying pressure, airflow rate, andairflow speed
Equipped with square root calculation function

pp. 91–96

Square root calculator

EMRT1[Square root calculator]
Use for measurement of airflow rate and airflow
speed

pp. 97–98

Direct current powerunit

HWS15A[Direct current power unit]
Capable of supplying 24 V DC power to up to 15
devices

pp. 99–100

Pitot tube, joint, vinyl tube, etc.

pp. 101–112

NEW

Manostar digital sensor

CONTENTS

Manostar transmitter

Accessories

AC

Application‥ ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥

pp. 114–117

Precautions on use‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥

pp. 118–121

Maintenance‥ ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥

pp. 122–123

List of products in catalog [Manostar gauge]
List ofproducts

WO81

WO81

WO81 airflow rate/airflow speed meter

Model

WO71
Page showing details

FR51A

RoHS
Accuracy(at 20℃ )0–50 Pa±5％ FS

0–100 PaMS99

pp. 11–Pressurerange

0–200 Pa

RoHS

Withstanding pressure of Airflow rate/airflow
speed rangepressure-receiving element±2.5％ FSpp. 15–
Accuracy(at 20℃ )Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

10 kPa0–300 Pa

MS99S

0–500 Pa
0–1000 Pa

MS61A-RA

0–1 kPa

40 kPa0–2 kPa

QDP33

EMD8A

0–3 kPa
Pressure (airflow rate/
speed) range
Accuracy
Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

EMD7

0–5 kPa±1.5％ FS

0–10 kPa
0–20 kPa
150 kPa

0–30 kPa*To procure an airflow rate/speed meter, it is necessary to firstprepare an airflow rate/speed scale specification document.
For details, refer to page 15.

0–50 kPa
0–100 kPa

EMT1

±50 Pa±100 Pa±2.5％ FS

10 kPa

±1.5％ FS

40 kPa±200 PaEMTGP1±300 Pa±500 Pa

EMT1H±1 kPa±2 kPaEMT6±3 kPaPressure unit

Pa, kPa, airflow rate, airflow speed

Pressure measurement method

Differential pressure method

External shape

Surface type, round panel type, square panel type

Memory pointerNone, one piece, two pieces

Pressure-receiving element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Mounting method

Surface mounting, panel mounting

Mounting orientation

Horizontal, upright, others

Scale indication angle

Wide-angle indication of approx. 270 degrees

Application

Operating ambient temperature−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Precautions

Operating ambient humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

Maintenance3

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

200 kPa

Exterior material

Polycarbonate and polyamide

Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm), separately sold accessories available

Base polarity

Changeable

Mass

Approx. 270 g

WO71

List ofproducts

FR51A

WO81

Model

WO71
Page showing details

RoHS
Pressurerange

pp. 23–
Accuracy(at 23℃ )Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

RoHS
Pressurerange

pp. 31–
Accuracy(at 23℃ )Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

FR51A

0–50 Pa
0–100 Pa

0–100 Pa

0–200 Pa

0–200 Pa

0–300 Pa

0–300 Pa

0–500 Pa

0–500 Pa

0–1000 Pa

0–1000 Pa

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Pressure range
Accuracy
Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

0–2 kPa

0–2 kPa

0–3 kPa

0–3 kPa

0–5 kPa

0–5 kPa

QDP33

EMD8A
±2.5％ FS

±2.5％ FS

20 kPa

20 kPaEMD7±50 PaEMT1±100 PaEMTGP1EMT1H

EMT6Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

Pressure measurement method

Differential pressure method

Differential pressure method

External shape

Common to surface type and round panel type, surface type, square panel type

Horizontal scale type, vertical scale type, color-coded horizontal scale type

Memory pointerNone, one piece

None

Pressure-receiving element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Mounting method

Surface mounting, panel mounting

Panel mounting

Mounting posture

Horizontal, upright, others

Horizontal, upright, others

Scale indication angle

Approx. 70°(scale length: approx. 45 mm)

Operating ambient temperature−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Application

Operating ambient humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

Precautions

50 kPa

50 kPaExterior material

Polycarbonate and polyamide

Polycarbonate

Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 or 6 mm)
Separately sold accessories available

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Base polarity

Partially changeable (only for side face pipe)

Unchangeable

Mass

Body: approx. 130 to 200 g

Approx. 90 g

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

Maintenance4

List of products in catalog [Manostar switch]
List ofproducts

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Intrinsically safe typeEx ia IIC T6 Ga

WO81

Model

WO71
Page showing details(for 30 V DC and lower
specification only)

RoHS

Pressure range

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Pressure range
Scale setting accuracy
Maximum operatingpressure difference

pp. 35–

pp. 43–

20–120 Pa±5.0 Pa37.5 Pa

50–300 Pa±15 Pa60 Pa

100–600 Pa±25 Pa120 Pa0.2–1.2 kPa±0.050 kPa

0.240 kPa

0.5–3 kPa

±0.15 kPa

0.60 kPa

1–6 kPa±0.30 kPa1.20 kPa

25.0 Pa

20–200 Pa±9.0 Pa

25.0 Pa

30–300 Pa±13.5 Pa

30.0 Pa

50–500 Pa±22.5 Pa

45.0 Pa

70 Pa

0.3–3 kPa

±0.135 kPa

0.5– 5 kPa±0.225 kPa

0.300 kPa

EMD8A

EMD7

pp. 47–
Scale setting accuracy Maximum operating(at 20℃)
pressure difference

Pressurerange±5.0 Pa±45 PaRoHS

Maximum operatingpressure difference

20–120 Pa

100–1000 Pa

QDP33

RoHS

Scale setting accuracy(at 23℃ )1–10 kPa±0.45 kPa

3–30 kPa±1.35 kPa

0.450 kPa

0.70 kPa

3.00 kPa

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

Pressuremeasurement method

Differential pressure method

Differential pressure method

Contact specification

Common to standard load and minute load

Minute load/single-pole normally open
sealed type

Scale setting

Upper limit setting, lower limit setting

Upper limit setting, lower limit setting

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Mounting posture

Upright, horizontal

Wiring method

Terminal

Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

Maintenance−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

90% RH or below (no condensation
allowed)10 to 50 kPa

100 kPa

Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

10 to 50 kPa

20 kPaExterior material

Polycarbonate and polyamide

PolyamideCompatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 or 6 mm)
Separately sold accessories available

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameterof 4 mm)

Mass

Approx. 170 to 190 g

Approx. 140 g

Opening/closing
capability

LoadStandardloadStandard specification
Minute load
30 V DC and lower
specification
Intrinsically safe type5

Terminal−10℃ to +60℃ (no freezing allowed)

Application

Precautions

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot
be measured)
Mounted at arbitrary angle between
horizontal and uprightStandard
load
Minute load―Rated voltage

Resistance load

Induction load

30 V DC

0.8 A

100 V AC

5A

150 mA(time constant: 7 ms)
60 mA(power factor: 0.6)

250 V AC

5A―

30 V DC
125 V AC

100 mA―

0.8 A

150 mA(time constant: 7 ms)

100 mA

―

30 mA

―

30 V DC
12 V DC

RatingOpening/
Opening/
Opening/
closing voltage closing current closing power

100 V DC 0.25 A DC 10 W DC
0.1 – 30 V DC (maximum) (maximum) (maximum)

List of products in catalog [Manostar digital sensor]
QDP33 [ultra-low pressure range]

List ofproducts

QDP33

30×30 type
NEW

WO81

Model

WO71
Page showing details

RoHS
Pressurerange

pp. 51–
Accuracy(at 23℃ )Output method

Pressurerange

Accuracy(at 23℃)

Output method

FR51A

0–10 Pa
0–25 Pa

MS99
0–50 Pa
0–100 Pa

MS99S

0–200 Pa
Analog output
Output type:
4 to 20 mA (biased pressure: 0
to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω
Pressure range
Accuracy
Output method±10 Pa

±1.5％ FS

±25 PaOutput type:
1 to 5 V (biased pressure: 0
to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ orhigherComparison output
Output type:
NPN open collector or two
systems of PNP open collector

0–300 Pa

Analog output
Output type:
4 to 20 mA (biased pressure:
0 to FS, ±: at pressure of −50
to +50% FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω

0–500 Pa
0–1000 Pa
0–1 kPa
0–2 kPa±1.0％ FS

±50 Pa±100 Pa±200 Pa±300 Pa

Output type:
1 to 5 V (biased pressure: 0
to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ orhigherComparison output
Output type:
NPN open collector or
two systems of PNP open
collector±500 PaMS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1±1000 Pa
±1 KPaEMT1H±2 KPaEMT6
Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone)

Diaphragm (silicone)

Mounting method

Panel mounting, bracket mounting

Panel mounting, bracket mounting

Mounting orientation

UprightUpright

Wiring method

Connector (6P)

Connector (6P)

0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

0℃ to 60℃ (no freezing allowed)

35% to +85% RH (no condensation allowed)

35% to +85% RH (no condensation allowed)

10 kPa

10 kPa

10 kPa

10 kPaDisplay

Main display: 12-segment LCD (white/red), four digits
Sub display: 12-segment LCD (orange), four digits

Main display: 12-segment LCD (white/red), four digits
Sub display: 12-segment LCD (orange), four digits

Power voltage

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

Protection level

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP40

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP40

Exterior material

PBT and polyamide

PBT and polyamide

Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Mass

Approx. 30 g

Approx. 30 g

Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding pressure
Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance6

List of products in catalog [Manostar digital sensor]
List ofproducts

EMD8A

EMD7

24×48 type

WO81

48×48 type

Model

WO71
Page showing details

RoHS

FR51A

Pressure
range

MS99

0–50 Pa

MS99S

pp. 63–
Accuracy(at 20℃)

0–100 Pa

0–200 Pa

0–200 Pa

0–300 Pa

0–300 Pa
Analog output
Output type:
4 to 20 mA (biased pressure:
0 to FS, ±: at pressure of −50
to +50% FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω

0–1000 Pa

QDP33
0–2 kPa

EMD8A

Pressure range
Accuracy
Output method

EMD7

0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa±1.5％ FS

±50 Pa±100 Pa

EMT1±200 Pa±300 PaEMTGP1Pressurerange

0–100 Pa

0–500 PaMS61A-RA

Output method

RoHS

Output type:
1 to 5 V (biased pressure: 0
to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ orhigherpp. 71–
Accuracy(at 20℃ )Output method0–500 Pa

0–1 kPa
0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa±1.5％ FS

Analog output
Output type:
4 to 20 mA (at pressure of 0 to
FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω
1 to 5 V (at pressure of 0 to
FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ orhigherAlarm output
Output type:
NPN open collector or PNP
open collector
One each for upper limit andlower limit

Comparison output
Output type:
NPN open collector or
two systems of PNP open
collector±500 Pa

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

7

Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Mounting method

Panel mounting

Panel mounting

Mounting orientation

UprightUpright

Wiring method

Connector (6P)

Terminal

0℃ to 60℃ (no freezing allowed)

0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

35% to +85% RH (no condensation allowed)

35% to +85% RH (no condensation allowed)

10 kPa

20 kPa

10 kPa

20 kPaDisplay

7-segment LED, red 3-1/2 digits

7-segment LED, red four digits

Power voltage

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

Protection level

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP40 (front panel)Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP41

Exterior material

Polycarbonate

ABS resinCompatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm; however,
the outer diameter must be 6 mm or lower)

Mass

Approx. 60 g

Approx. 130 g

Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding pressure
Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

List of products in catalog [Manostar transmitter]
EMT1

List ofproducts

EMTGP1
Corrosion-resistant type
Dedicated to negative
pressure measurement

Model

WO81

WO71
Page showing details

RoHS
Pressurerange

pp. 77–
Accuracy(at 20°C)

Output and transmission
methodRoHS
Pressure range

pp. 81–
Accuracy(at 20°C)

Output and transmission
methodFR51A

0–10 Pa
0–15 Pa
0–20 PaMS99±2％ FS

0–30 Pa
0–50 Pa

MS99S

0–75 Pa
0–100 PaMS61A-RA

0–150 Pa
0–200 Pa

0 to −200 Pa

0–300 Pa

0 to −300 Pa

0–500 Pa

0 to −500 Pa

0–750 Pa
0–1000 Pa

Pressure range
Accuracy
Output andtransmission method±1％ FS

0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa
0–10 kPa

EMD8A

0 to −1000 Pa
0 to −2 kPa±2.5％ FS

Four-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA
DC(load resistance of 500 Ω orlower)
Power voltage of 100 V AC ±10%, 50/60 Hz, approx. 2 VA

0–20 kPa
0–30 kPa
0–50 kPa
0–100 kPa
±10 Pa
±20 PaTwo-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA
DC(load resistance of 500 Ω orlower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ±10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

QDP33

Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA
DC(load resistance of 500 Ω orlower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ±10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMT1H±2％ FS±30 Pa
±50 PaEMT6±100 Pa±200 Pa

EMP5A±300 Pa±500 Pa±1％ FS±1000 Pa

EMRT1

±2 kPa±3 kPa
±5 kPa

HWS15A

Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

External shape

Indoor drip-proof type, exposed terminal typeMeasured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Indoor drip-proof type, exposed terminal type
Corrosive gas (sulfuric acid gas cannot be measured; fordetails, contact us)
Diaphragm (PEEK film)

Mounting orientation

Horizontal

Horizontal

Operating ambient temperature

0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

10℃ to 40℃

Precautions

Operating ambient humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure
Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

500 kPa―

Maintenance

10 kPa to 150 kPa−10 kPa

Exterior material

Aluminum die castingAluminum die casting and PEEK

Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm), metallic pipe (innerdiameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm), separately sold accessories available

Internal thread for general U.S. pipes 1/4-18NPT

Mass

Indoor drip-proof type: approx. 1100 g
Exposed terminal type: approx. 960 g

Accessories
Application

Indoor drip-proof type: approx. 980 g
Exposed terminal type: approx. 860 g

8List of products in catalog [Manostar transmitter]
List ofproducts

EMT6

EMT1H
Intrinsically safe typeEX ia IIC T4 Ga

WO81

Model

WO71
Page showing details

RoHS
Pressure
range

FR51A

pp. 85–
Accuracy(at 20℃ )Output and transmission method

RoHS
Pressurerange

pp. 89–Accuracy(at 20℃ )Output and transmission method±2.5％ FS

Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA
DC(load resistance of 500 Ω orlower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ±10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

0–10 Pa
0–15 PaMS99

0–20 Pa±2％ FS

0–30 Pa
0–50 Pa

MS99S

0–50 Pa

0–75 Pa
0–100 PaMS61A-RA

0–100 Pa

0–150 Pa

QDP33

0–200 Pa

0–200 Pa

0–300 Pa

0–300 Pa

0–500 Pa

0–500 Pa

0–750 Pa

EMD8A

0–1000 Pa
0–1 kPa

EMD7

EMT1

Pressure range
Accuracy
Output andtransmission method

0–2 kPa

Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA
DC(load resistance of 250 Ω orlower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ±10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa
0–10 kPa
0–20 kPa
0–30 kPa

EMTGP1

0–1000 Pa±1％ FS

0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa

0–50 kPa
0–100 kPa
±10 PaEMT1H±20 Pa

±2％ FS±30 Pa
±50 PaEMT6±100 Pa

EMP5A±1％ FS

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

9

Pressure unit

Pa, kPaPa, kPa

External shape

Indoor drip-proof type

Exposed terminal typeMeasured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Mounting orientation

Horizontal

Horizontal, upright, others

Operating ambient
temperature

0℃ to 40℃ (no freezing allowed)

0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure
Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

500 kPa

50 kPa

10 kPa to 100 kPa

10 kPaExterior material

Aluminum die casting

PolyamideCompatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm), metallic pipe (innerdiameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm), separately sold accessories available

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Mass

Approx. 1100 gApprox. 110 g

List of products in catalog [receiving instrument]

List of products in catalog [relevant devices]

EMP5A

Name

Square root calculator
EMRT1

WO81

Model

WO71

Model
Page showing details

RoHS

pp. 91–Pressure range Display accuracy

Output method

FR51A

0–10 Pa
0–15 Pa

Page showing details

RoHS

0–30 Pa

Mounting method

Rail mounting (applicable rail: 35-mm wide
DIN rail)

0–50 Pa

Input signal

4 to 20 mA DC (input resistance of 50 Ω)

Output signal

4 to 20 mA DC (load resistance of 500 Ω or lower)

Square root output cut
point

15% FS or below

Accuracy± 1% FS (at 20℃ )However, at output signal range of 15 to 100%FS

MS61A-RA

Temperature
characteristics± 0.01% FS/℃ (at 0℃ to 40℃ )QDP33Power voltage

100 V AC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz, approx. 3.5 VA

Operating ambient
temperature

0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher(500 V DC megger)

Withstand voltage

Between power terminal and case: 1000 V AC,
50/60 Hz, for one minute

Exterior material

Polycarbonate and ABS resin

Mass

Approx. 300 g

0–20 Pa

0–75 Pa
0–100 Pa
0–150 Pa
0–200 Pa
0–300 Pa
0–500 Pa
0–750 Pa
0–1000 Pa
0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
Pressure range
Display accuracy
Output method

List ofproducts

0–5 kPa
0–10 kPa
0–20 kPa

±0.2％ FS
±1digit

0–30 kPa
0–50 kPa
0–100 kPa
±10 Pa
±20 PaAlarm output
Output type:
Relay contact of
1a×2
Electric service
life of 100,000
timesContact capacity(resistanceload):
MAX． 3 A 250 V
AC, 3 A 30 V DC
MIN. 100 mA 5
V DC (reference
value)

pp. 97–±100 Pa

MS99S

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1±30 Pa
±50 PaMS99

Name

Direct current power unit
EMT1H

HWS15A±200 Pa±300 Pa±500 Pa±1000 Pa
±2 kPaEMT6Model±3 kPa

EMP5A±5 kPa*To procure an airflow rate/speed meter, it is necessary to firstprepare an airflow rate/speed scale specification document. For
details, refer to page 15.

Pressure display unit

Pa, kPa, airflow rate, airflow speed

Mounting method

Panel mounting
Digital 4-1/2 digits (−2000 to 10000)
PV (current value) red
SV (setting value) green
0.125 seconds

Display
Sampling frequency
Input signal

4 to 20 mA DC (with built-in 50 Ω input resister)On the airflow rate/speed meter, the maximum value varies
depending on the range.

Output signal

4 to 20 mA DC (load resistance of 550 Ω or lower)
0 to 5 V DC (load resistance of 500 Ω or higher)
However, output signals from the airflow rate/speed meter are
those obtained through square root calculation of input signals.
Output accuracy of ± 0.3% FS

Power supply to twowire type transmitter
Power voltage
Operating ambient temperature

24 V DC ± 10% (load current of 4 to 20 mA)
ripple voltage of 200 mV, maximum load current of 30 mA DC

100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz (tolerable variation range: 85 to 264 V AC)
0℃ to 50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient humidity

35% to +85% RH (no condensation allowed)

Exterior material

Fire-retardant resin

Protection level

IP66 (front panel)

Mass

Approx. 300 g

Accessories

One set of thread-type mounting fittings, one piece of shortcircuiting wire for two-wire type transmitter

Page showing details

RoHS

pp. 99–Input voltage

85 to 265 V AC (47 to 63 Hz) or 120 to 370 V DC

Output voltage

24 V DC

Maximum output current

0.65 A

Output variation at operating
ambient temperature

0.02%/℃ or lower

Overcurrent protection

0.68 A and higher

Accessories

Operating ambient
temperature−10℃ to +70℃(−10℃ to +50℃: 100%, +60℃: 80%, +70℃: 60%)

Application

Operating ambient humidity

30% to 90% RH (no condensation allowed)

Precautions

Insulation resistance

100 MΩ or higher(Between output and FG: 500 V DC, 25℃ , 70% RH)

MaintenanceWithstand voltage

Between input and FG: 2 kV AC (20 mA), between input andoutput: 3 kV AC (20 mA)
Between output and FG: 500 V AC (100 mA), each for one minute

Mass

Approx. 210 g

EMRT1

HWS15A◆The “RoHS” mark attached to a product means that the product does notcontain substances subject to restriction by the RoHS directive at thethreshold level or higher.

10

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

WO81
Utility model registration No. 823971

High-accuracy fine differential pressure gauge

RoHS• Boasting a wide variety, the product is also compatible with airflow
WO71

rate and speed scales (refer to page 15).
• Easy-to-read wide angle scale (pointer rotation angle of 270°)• Pipe connection port that facilitates polarity conversion

FR51A• Unique mechanism less subject to abnormal high pressure inrush• High-performance silicone rubber diaphragm with small hysteresis

MS99• Band-link mechanism that prevents the pointer from vibrating

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

Model WO81F

Model WO81PC(surface type)

Model WO81PR(round panel type)(square panel type)

EMT1

EMTGP1

Example of
selectionof memory
pointer

EMT1H

EMT6

*Memory pointer canbe set at an arbitrary
position.
With single memory pointer

EMP5A

With double memory pointers

EMRT1

Product code

WO81

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• Nuclear facilities• Food-related factory management
equipment• Air-conditioning control equipment
in high-rise building• Hospital and medical facilities• Automotive manufacturing/semiconductor manufacturing lines• Control of air discharge pressure
from coffee roaster<Usage>• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of airflow rate/speedof ventilation/exhaust device andothers*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

11

Pressure range code

Ｆ

Ｎ

50

Ｄ Ｖ

(Example)
Mountingorientation

Unit
Range
Memorypointer

External
shape◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆For airflow rate/speed meter, refer to page 15.

Ｖ
Ｈ

Range for specification of verticalmounting
Range for specification of horizontal
mounting

None

Range for arbitrary mounting

Ｄ
Ｅ

Pa
kPa

Maximum scale value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)ＮＳ
Ｔ

No memory pointer

Ｆ
PC
PR

Surface type

Single memory pointer
Double memory pointers

Round panel typeSquare panel type

WO81

Manostar gauge
WO81

List ofproducts

Specifications
Main bodySurface type

Round panel typeSquare panel type

Ｆ

PC

PR

Ｎ

WO81FN

WO81PCN

WO81PRNＳ

WO81FS

WO81PCS

WO81PRSＴ

WO81FT

WO81PCT

WO81PRT

Memory pointerModel

No memory pointerSingle memory pointer(red)

Pressure unit
Pressuremeasurement
methodPressure-receiving
element
Measured gas
Scale indication
angle
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding
pressure
Exterior material
Durable impact
Durable vibration

Accessories
Pressure range
code
50 DH
50 DV
100 DH
100 DV

Double memory pointers (oneeach for red and green)

Diaphragm
Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Wide-angle indication of approx. 270 degrees−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)

200 kPa (refer to page 118)
Polycarbonate and polyamide
100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)
5 to 10 Hz Amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz Acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)

WO81PR

Mounting screw set

Mounting nut set (already mounted on gauge body)

0–50 Pa
0–100 Pa

0–300 Pa

500 D

0–500 Pa

1000 D

0–1000 Pa

1E

0–1 kPa2E

0–2 kPa3E

0–3 kPa5E

0–5 kPa

10 E

0–10 kPa

20 E

0–20 kPa

30 E

0–30 kPa

50 E

0–50 kPa

100 E

0–100 kPa

50 DV

−50 to +50＋－ 100 D−100 to +100 Pa＋－ 200 D−200 to +200 Pa＋－ 300 D−300 to +300 Pa＋－ 500 D−500 to +500 Pa＋－1000 D−1000 to +1000 Pa＋－

1E−1 to +1 kPa＋－

2E−2 to +2 kPa＋－

3E−3 to +3 kPa

Mounting orientation(Refer to page 18)
Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)

Accuracy (Note)(at 20℃ )Pressure-receiving
element material

Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

EMD7(Refer to page 118)

±5％ FS

EMT1

Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)

FR51A

EMD8A

WO81PC

Pressure range

WO71

QDP33

Approx. 270 g

Mass

Two sets of mounting fittings (already mounted ongauge body)

300 D

50 DH

• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)……Base for resin vinyl pipe (already mounted ongauge)• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)……Separately sold base for metallic pipe isnecessary.
• Hard plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × inner diameter
4 mm)……Separately sold base for metallic pipe and inner
sleeve set (refer to page 111) or push-in joint isnecessary.
• Identification with red on high pressure side and blue on
low pressure side• By exchanging the base on the high-pressure side withthat on the low pressure side, it is possible to change
the polarity.

WO81F

0–200 Pa＋－

Base polarity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

200 D

＋－

Compatible pipePa, kPa
Differential pressure method

WO81

10 kPa
±2.5％ FSEMTGP1EMT1H
40 kPaEMT6

Between horizontal andupright
Arbitrary mounting±1.5％ FS

EMP5A
Silicone rubber

EMRT1
150 kPa

HWS15A
Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)±2.5％ FS

10 kPaAccessories
Application

Precautions

Between horizontal andupright
Arbitrary mounting±1.5％ FS

40 kPaMaintenance(Note) Accuracy in full span (refer to page 121)
◆For biased pressure range, the polarity symbol “-” can be indicated for a fee. If the indication is necessary, make a request at the time oforder placement.
◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

12

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

WO81

List of scales

Biased pressure range◆The polarity symbol “-” can be indicated for a fee. If the indication is necessary, makea request at the time of order placement.

FR51A

MS99

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–2 kPa
0.02 kPa
0–20 kPa
0.2 kPa

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Actual size
EMD8A

EMD7

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–50 Pa
0.5 PaPressure range Minimum scale
0–3 kPa
0.02 kPa
0–30 kPa
0.2 kPaEMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–100 Pa
1 Pa
0–1000 Pa
10 Pa
0–1 kPa
0.01 kPa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–300 Pa
2 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–5 kPa
0.05 kPa
0–50 kPa
0.5 kPa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–200 Pa
2 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–500 Pa
5 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0–10 kPa
0.1 kPa
0–100 kPa
1 kPa

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

13

WO81

Manostar gauge
WO81

List of scales

List ofproducts

Zero center range

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Actual size

EMD8A
Pressure range Minimum scale−50 to +50 Pa
1 Pa

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A
Pressure range Minimum scale−100 to +100 Pa
2 Pa−1000 to +1000 Pa
20 Pa
0.02 kPa−1 to +1 kPa

Pressure range Minimum scale−300 to +300 Pa
5 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale
0.05 kPa−2 to +2 kPa

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Pressure range Minimum scale−200 to +200 Pa
5 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale−500 to +500 Pa
10 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale−3 to +3 kPa
0.05 kPa

14

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81 Airflow rate/airflow speed meter
RoHS

WO81
This page and the following page introduce the WO81 airflow rate/
airflow speed meters.
For WO81 fine differential pressure gauges, refer to page 11.

WO71

Display units
ｍ3 /h
MS99

ｍ3 /h

ｍ3 /h

ｍ3 /minｍ3 /minｍ3 /min×10（nor）

ｍ3 /h

ｍ3 /min

ｍ /h

ｍ /h

ｍ /minｍ3 /h

ｍ3 /min

×1000

ｍ3 /h

×10000MS61A-RA

（nor）

×10
3

MS99S

3

×1000（nor）
×10000（nor）

Product code

EMD8A

WO81

Ｆ

Ｎ

49

DM

Ｖ

EMT1

EMTGP1×10（nor）

×10

ｍ3 /min3

×1000（nor）

×1000

ｍ3 /min×10000（nor）

×10000(Example)Ｖ
Ｈ

Mountingorientation

Range for arbitrary mounting

Unit

DM
EM

Airflow rate/speed unit (dynamic
pressure Pa)
Airflow rate/speed unit (dynamic
pressure kPa)

Range

Airflow rate/airflow speed meter pressure
range
Pressure range based on specification
document

External
shape

EMT6

◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.

ＮＳ
Ｔ

No memory pointer

Ｆ
PC
PR

Surface type

Single memory pointer
Double memory pointers

Round panel typeSquare panel type

To procure an airflow rate/speed meter, it is necessary to first prepare a specification document and check it.
Because we will prepare a specification document, please fill in (1) or (2) in the sheet below and let us know the specifications.

Airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation sheet

HWS15A

Pressure
detector

Duct size□Overall/static pressure
tube (Pitot tube)□Round type□Total pressure tube +static pressure tube

□Square type

*Select any of the following.

①

Application

Procuring device
based on use
conditions*Select any of the following, and enter
the desired values in the squares
below.

Inner diameterx

Specified airflow rate
(speed)Measured gas density*Indicate the unit as well.

*Select any of the following, and enter thedesired values in the squares below.

Normal flow rate (speed) value:□Standard air density: 1.198 kg/m

Maximum flow rate (speed)mmvalue:□Mixed gas density:

kg/m3□When gas density is unknown
Measured gas temperature:℃Measured gas humidity:％ RH
Static pressure at measurement

Maintenancepoint:②

Procuring device basedon relationship between
airflow rate (speed) andpressure3mm□Composite Pitot tube
(Aero eye, etc.)

Precautions

When the airflow rate (speed) is, the airflow rate (speed) up toPa.
conversion condition of dynamic pressure of◆The maximum airflow rate/speed scale value is applied after rounding it to our scale value.

15

Range for specification ofvertical mounting
Range for specification ofhorizontal mounting

None

Memorypointer

EMT1H

Accessories

ｍ/s

Pressure range code

EMD7

EMRT1

（nor）

WO81 airflow rate meter

QDP33

EMP5A

Airflow
speed meter

Airflow rate meter

FR51A

Pa

is measured with the

WO81

Manostar gauge
WO81

Airflow rate/airflow speed meter

Specifications
Model
Unit
Pressure measurement
methodPressure-receiving
element
Measured gas
Scale indication angle
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding pressure
Exterior material
Durable impact
Durable vibration

Accessories
Pressure range code

49 DMH
49 DMV
70 DMH
70 DMV
100 DMH100 DMV
130 DMH130 DMV180 DMH180 DMV250 DM
300 DM
400 DM
580 DM
1000 DM
1．
8 EM
3．
2 EM
4．
5 EM
8．
5 EM
10 EM

Main body
Memory pointerNo memory pointerＮ
Single memory pointer (red)Ｓ
Double memory pointers (one each for red and green)
Ｔ

Airflow rate/airflow speed
Differential pressure method

List ofproducts

Surface typeＦ
WO81FN
WO81FSWO81FT

Round panel typePC
WO81PCN
WO81PCS
WO81PCT

Compatible pipe

• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)……Base for resin vinyl pipe (already mounted on gauge)• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)……Separately sold base for metallic pipe is necessary.
• Hard plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm)……Separately sold base for metallic pipe and inner sleeveset (refer to page 111) or push-in joint is necessary.

Diaphragm
Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)Wide-angle indication of approx. 270 degrees−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)
90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Base polarity• Identification with red on high pressure side and blue on low
pressure side• By exchanging the base on the high-pressure side with that on
the low pressure side, it is possible to change the polarity.

Mass

Approx. 270 g

200 kPa (refer to page 118)
Polycarbonate and polyamide
100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)
5 to 10 Hz Amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz Acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three axial
directions)

Square panel typePR
WO81PRN
WO81PRS
WO81PRT

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

WO81F
WO81PCWO81PR
Two sets of mounting fittings (already mounted on gauge body)
Mounting nut set (already mounted on gauge body)
Mounting screw set
Withstanding pressure of pressureMounting orientation
Accuracy (Note)
Pressure-receiving
Airflow rate/receiving element
airflow speed range(Refer to page 18)(at 20℃ )element material(Refer to page 118)
Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)
Within ± 5% FS
Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)
10 kPaHorizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)
Horizontal (specification)
Within ± 2.5% FS
Upright (specification)
Depends on airflow rate/
Horizontal (specification)
Upright (specification)
Silicone rubber
airflow speed scalespecification document.
Between horizontal andupright
Arbitrary mounting

WO81

40 kPaMS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

Within ± 1.5% FS

EMT1H
150 kPa(Note) Value : Arbitrary (to be rounded), magnification : ×10, ×1000, ×10000, units : m3/h, m3/min, m3/h (nor), m3/min (nor), m/s(Note) Accuracy at full span of pressure value (refer to page 121)

◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

Airflow rate/airflow speed range (scale example)

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Actual size
Airflow rate scale

Airflow speed scale
16

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

Model WO81F
External dimension drawing
Installation of base on side face…………(standard condition at time of shipment from factory)

WO71

VT base (for vinyl pipe)
φ101

φ128

îĳPRXQWLQJKROH
îGLYLVLRQ

FR51A

φ114
0HPRU\SRLQWHU

MS99
0HPRU\SRLQWHU=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH

6HDOLQJFDS:LGWKDFURVVIODWVMS99S

MS61A-RA

3RLQWHU

QDP33

EMD8A

*UHHQPHPRU\SRLQWHUVHWWLQJGHYLFH

79

5HGPHPRU\SRLQWHUVHWWLQJGHYLFHîĳ KROH

EMD7RUî0WDSîGLYLVLRQ

φ7

69

EMT1

27

EMTGP1φ114±0.3

138

EMT1H

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

Example of base arrangement
Installation of base on side face
MT base (for metallic pipe)

HWS15AVR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)
φ7:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWVPrecautions（143）

φ6±0.1

Application&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

Accessories:LGWKDFURVVIODWV121
134

Maintenance！
Caution17

Base tightening torque: 1 N·m Sealing cap tightening torque: 0.5 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing sobreaks the gauge body. (Refer to page 120.)

WO81

Manostar gauge
Model WO81F

List ofproducts

Installation of base on rear face
VT base (for vinyl pipe)

WO81

MT base (for metallic pipe):LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWVîĳ KROH
RUî0WDSîGLYLVLRQîĳ KROH

WO71

φ6±0.1（30）

15&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

FR51A

79

φ114±0.3

MS99

3DQHOFXWWLQJ$GDSWHUIRUUHDUIDFHSLSLQJ

MS99S

VR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)$GDSWHUIRUUHDUIDFHSLSLQJ

19îĳ KROH
RUî0WDSîGLYLVLRQＲ9VORWWHGKROH

MS61A-RA

QDP33
79:LGWKDFURVVIODWVφ114±0.3

EMD8A

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

26

EMD7

Change of base arrangement

Possible base arrangement

Impossible base arrangement

The WO81F type has two base mounting
holes on each of the side face and the rear
face, allowing various base combinations
depending on the piping conditions.

！
CautionEMTGP1

Be sure to use bases in the1．
combination of one high-pressure
side (red) base and one lowpressure side (blue) base.
2. There are impossible basearrangements as shown on theright.
 t two mounting holes on the
3. A
gauge body that are not installedwith bases, be sure to attach thesealing caps.

EMT1H
6HDOLQJFDS%DVH

6HDOLQJ
FDS

%DVH

EMT6
6HDOLQJFDS

6HDOLQJ
FDS

%DVH

%DVH

Mounting orientation and range
Range for mounting orientation arbitrary mounting between horizontal and upright0 to 50Pa，0 to 100Pa，-50 to +50Pa

Whole range other than on the left

It is necessary to specify the mounting orientation (horizontal, upright, and others) at the timeof order placement.
*It is not possible to manufacture such a gauge whose mounting orientation exceeds 135°
for the range of 0 to 50 Pa.

The gauge can be mounted at an arbitrary angle between horizontal and upright.
For other mounting orientations, it is necessary to specify the orientation at the timeof order placement.

8SULJKW

0RXQWHGDWD
UELWUD
U\D
QJO
HE
90°
HW

8SULJKWSODQH
10° 10°

2WK
HUV

45
°

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

GXSULJKW
WDODQ
L]RQ
KRU
HQ
ZH

180°

5°

+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

13

+RUL]RQWDO

0°

20°

2WK
HU
V

8SULJKWSODQH
10°

2W
KH
UV

5°

13

180°

EMP5A

EMRT1

Range for the specification of horizontal and upright mounting

90°

EMT1

0°

Precautions
Maintenance+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH
20°

20°

18

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

Model WO81PC
External dimension drawing

Example of base arrangement
MT base (for metallic pipe)

VT base (for vinyl pipe)

（74）

WO71
φ100

17

72
:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

FR51A

φ6±0.1&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

VR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)

φ7

MS99S

77

φ95

MS99

MS61A-RA

70
63

QDP33

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV
7ZRVHWVRIPRXQWLQJILWWLQJVEMD8A:LGWKDFURVVIODWVĳ KROH

EMD7

EMT1

φ7

EMTGP1

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

Mounting method

EMRT1'ULYHU

HWS15A

Accessories

6FUHZ$6FUHZ$0RXQWLQJVFUHZ%Application

Precautions
Maintenance

0RXQWLQJILWWLQJV

1. Loosen screw A, and remove bothmounting fittings from the gauge
body.

3DQHO

0RXQWLQJILWWLQJV

2. Fit the gauge to the front of the panel
first, put two mounting fittings back,and tighten screw A to secure thegauge.

！
Caution

19

3DQHO

3. Alternately tighten little by little
mounting screws B in two places tosecure the gauge to the panel.

Mounting screw B tightening torque: 0.5 to 0.6 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the gauge body.

WO81

Manostar gauge
Model WO81PR

List ofproducts

External dimension drawing

WO81

MT base (for metallic pipe)

VT base (for vinyl pipe)

（70）

21

100

WO71

68
:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

FR51A

φ7
î0PRXQWLQJ
VFUHZ

φ6±0.1&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

77

φ95

100

:LGWKDFURVVIODWVVR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)
66
59

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

80±0.3MS99:LGWKDFURVVIODWVîĳ KROH

EMD8A

80

80±0.3

EMD7
φ7

EMT1

ĳ KROHEMTGP1

3DQHOFXWWLQJ
80

EMT1H

EMT6

Mounting method

EMP5A
1. From four corners of the squaregauge mounting frame, remove
the M4 nuts, spring washers, andflat washers.
(Be sure to install the gauge without removing the spacer nuts asshown in the figure.)0QXW

6SDFHUQXW

6SULQJZDVKHU)ODWZDVKHU

2.	After installing the gauge in thepanel, tighten the flat washers,
spring washers, and M4 nuts inthat order from the rear side.

！
Caution！
Caution

EMRT1

HWS15A

0D[LPXPWKLFNQHVVRIPRXQWLQJSDQHOPP• If you install the gauge to the panel after removing the spacer nut, the gauge frame
may break.
• M4 nut tightening torque: 1 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing so breaks
the gauge body.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceBase tightening torque: 1 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing sobreaks the gauge body. (Refer to page 120)

20

WO81

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

WO81
Overview of structure
9

8

WO71

6

10

7

5

Number

13

FR51A
14

MS99
3

2

MS99S

MS61A-RA

11

QDP33
4

Diaphragm2

Low-pressure side base (blue)

3High-pressure side base (red)4

Sealing cap

5

Scale plate

6

Zero point setting device

7

Memory pointer setting device

8

Pointer

9

Memory pointer10

Transparent cover

11

Housing

12

Base

13

Cover packing

14

Cover retention ring

12

4

1

Name

1

EMD8A

EMD7

Accessories dedicated to WO81

RoHS

Sealing cap
EMT1

EMTGP1

Dedicated
to F typeThis is already installed when the gauge is purchased.
Item number

EMT1H

Portable box(Auxiliary
item)

Dedicated to
F type

KGA81PLG

Material

Polypropylene

Mounting fitting set
EMT6(Auxiliary
item)

Dedicated to PC
type

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

The combination of parts in the photograph constitutes one set.
On the gauge, two sets (for one gauge) are already installed as astandard accessory.

Item number

Material

Item number

Material

TKA81PC

Aluminum die casting/steel

PB-01

Steel

Accessories for WO81

RoHS

VT baseHigh-pressure
side(Auxiliary
item)*Gauge body is not included.

VR baseLow-pressure side

(Auxiliary
item)

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Precautions
MaintenanceItem number

KGA81VT-H-P

Material

Polypropylene

Item number

KGA81VT-L-P

Material

Polypropylene

A vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can be connected.
This is already installed when the gauge is purchased.

21

Item number

KGA81VR-H

Material

Brass

Item number

KGA81VR-L

Material

Brass

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates. A vinyl pipe orrubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can be connected.

WO81

Manostar gauge
WO81

List ofproducts

Accessories for WO81

RoHS

PT baseLow-pressure side

High-pressure side

WO81

PR baseLow-pressure side

High-pressure side

WO71

FR51A

Item number

Material

MS99

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint. For piping, use theseparately sold tube (refer to page 112) or a tube compatible with JIS
B 8381-1.
(Connectable tube outer diameter: 6 mm)

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint. The
piping is the same as that for the PT base. (Connectable tube
outer diameter: 6 mm)

MS99S

MT baseMR baseKGA81PT-H

Material

PBT/brass

Item number

KGA81PT-L

Material

PBT/brass

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Item number

Material

KGA81PR-H

PBT/brass

Item number

KGA81PR-L

PBT/brass

MS61A-RA

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

QDP33

EMD8A
Item number

Material

KGA81MT-H

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MT-L

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MR-H

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MR-L

Brass

A metallic pipe, such as copper pipe and aluminum pipe, with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm can be connected. However, for stainless steel
pipe, use an MTW base. When connecting with a plastic pipe (outer
diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm), remove the brass sleeve and use
the separately sold resin inner sleeve set (XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates.
The piping material is the same as that for the MT base. Whenconnecting with a plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × innerdiameter 4 mm), remove the brass sleeve and use the separately
sold resin inner sleeve set (XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

MTW base

Adapter for rear face piping

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Highpressure
side(Dedicated to F typerear face piping)

Lowpressure
side(Dedicated to F typerear face piping)

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A
Item number

KGA81MTＷ-H-S

Material

Stainless steel

Item number

KGA81MTＷ-L-S

Material

Stainless steel

This is used to connect a stainless steel pipe with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm.

Item number

KGA81FBA-H

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81FBA-L

BrassWhen arranging an MT base on the rear face of the WO81F type, thisadapter is required as a spacer for hooking a stabilizing wrench to thebase at the time of pipe connection. This adapter is also required whenarranging the VR base or MR base (excluding MTW base) on the rearface in order to avoid interference between the base and panel. Whenconnecting an R1/8 joint, use an R1/8 base adapter.

R1/8 base adapter

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

R1/8 base adapter (SUS)

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Material

Application

Precautions
MaintenanceItem number

KGA81R1/8AD-H

Material

Brass

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-L

Material

Brass

It is possible to connect an R1/8 joint.
*The specifications of this adapter differ from those of theadapter for rear face piping.

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-H-S

Material

Stainless steel

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-L-S

Material

Stainless steel

It is possible to connect an R1/8 joint.
*The specifications of this adapter differ from those of theadapter for rear face piping.

22

WO71

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71
RoHS

Small-sized fine differential pressure gauge FS type/PS type
• A memory pointer, which is convenient for setting of index for planned differential pressure value or

WO71

FR51A

MS99

limit value, is equipped as standard.
• Allows various pipe connections.
• Only by exchanging the base on the high-pressure side with that on the low pressure side, it ispossible to change the polarity. *For side face piping only

Flat-type fine differential pressure gauge N type/R type• The lowest master gauge thickness of 29.2 mm has been achieved.

MS99S• Thin design and standard equipment of rotary base make it possible to conduct smart piping.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

Model WO71FS

Model WO71PS(surface type w/VT base and memory pointer)(square panel type w/VT base and memory pointer)

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

Model WO71N

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air conditioning control
equipment<Usage>• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

23

Model WO71R(surface type/round panel type w/rotary base)(square panel type w/rotary base)Product code

Pressure range code

WO71

1000

N

D

V

(Example)
Mountingorientation

Unit
Range
External
shape

V
H
S

Upright

D
E

Pa

Horizontal
Other
kPa

Maximum scale value

FS
PS
N
R

Surface type w/VT base and memory pointerSquare panel type w/VT base and memory pointerCommon to surface type and round panel type, w/rotary
base

Square panel type w/rotary base

◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.

WO71

Manostar gauge
WO71

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81

Surface type w/VT base andmemory pointer

Model

Square panel type w/VT base Common to surface type andround panel type, w/rotary baseand memory pointer

WO71FS
Pressure unit
Pressuremeasurement
methodPressure-receiving
element
Measured gas
Scale indication
angle
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding
pressure
Exterior material
Durable vibration
Durable impact
Compatible pipe

WO71PS

WO71N
Base polarity

Pa, kPa
Differential pressure method

WO71R

WO71

FS type, PS type
Changeable (only for side face pipe)
Identification with red on high pressure side and blue on low
pressure side

Diaphragm

FR51A

N type, R type
 nchangeable
U
Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with“H” and “L” marks, respectively on the instrument body.

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)
Approx. 70°

PS type 	Approx. 180 g

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

N type 	Main body: approx. 130 g, mounting plate:
approx. 40 g

50 kPa (refer to page 118)

100 D

0–100 Pa

200 D

0–200 Pa

300 D

0–300 Pa

500 D

0–500 Pa

1000 D

0–1000 Pa

2E

0–2 kPa3E

0–3 kPa5E

0–5 kPa

MS99S

R type 	Approx. 150 g

Polycarbonate and polyamide
5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)
100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)
FS type, PS type• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)
Base for resin vinyl pipe (already mounted on gauge)• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)
Separately sold base for metallic pipe is necessary.
• Hard tube (outer diameter 6 × inner diameter 4 mm)
Separately sold base for metallic pipe and inner sleeveset (refer to page 111) or push-in joint is necessary.
N type, R type• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)
Rotary base for resin vinyl pipe (already mounted ongauge)(main body side: M5 internal thread, depth of 4 mm)

Pressure range

MS99

FS type 	Approx. 200 g

Mass−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)

Pressure range
code

Square panel type w/rotarybaseMounting orientation*It is necessary to specify
the orientation at thetime of order placement
for all ranges.

Accessories

FS type 	Mounting plate (already installed on main body),
custom seal

MS61A-RA

PS type Mounting nut set, custom seal
N type 	Mounting plate (already installed on main body),
mounting screw set, custom seal
R type

QDP33

Mounting nut set, custom seal

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

Accuracy (Note)(at 23℃)

Pressure-receiving
element material

Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element(Refer to page 118)

Horizontal and upright

EMTGP1EMT1H

HorizontalorUprightor
Others

±2.5％ FS

Silicone rubber

EMT6

20 kPa

EMP5A

EMRT1

(Note) Accuracy in full span (refer to page 121)
◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

HWS15A

Mounting orientation and range

It is necessary to specify the orientation at the time of order placement for all ranges.
Accessories

0 to 100 Pa

0 to 200 Pa

Whole range other than on the left

Application

0°+RUL]RQWDO+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

V

2
WKH
U

2
WK

180°



8SULJKW
90°



Maintenance20°+RUL]RQWDO

10° 10°180°90°Precautions

V
HU
WK

+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

UV

6° 6°

0°

+RUL]RQWDO

2W
KH  

3°3°

180°

8SULJKWSODQH
10° 10°8SULJKWSODQH
6° 6° 8SULJKW

V
HU

OH
DE

  
8
QX
V
90°

OH
DE

8Q
XV

8SULJKWSODQH
3°3° 8SULJKW+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

24

WO71

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

Model WO71FS
External dimension drawing
Installation of base on side face
VT base (for vinyl pipe)
119=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH
φ95

10

43.5

15

6HDOLQJFDS

φ7
φ91

32.5

+LJK
SUHVVXUHVLGH

3RLQWHU EODFN

QDP33:LGWKDFURVVIODWV0HPRU\SRLQWHUUHG

0HPRU\SRLQWHUVHWWLQJGHYLFH

φ95±0.3

0°
12/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGH

MS61A-RAîĳRUî0

0°

MS99

MS99S

12

12
0°

FR51A

2

3×φ5
φ105

12
0°

WO71

83

MT base (for metallic pipe)

6HDOLQJFDS

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

VR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)
φ7:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWV
φ6±0.1&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

EMD8A

EMD7

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

（132）

110
123

EMT1

EMTGP1

Installation of base on rear face

3DQHOFXWWLQJ$GDSWHUIRUUHDUIDFHSLSLQJ:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

Mounting method0VFUHZZKHQPDNLQJDKROHLQWKHSDQHO0QXW
ZKHQDQ0LQWHUQDOWKUHDGLVPDGHLQWKHSDQHO
1XWLVQRWQHFHVVDU\Precautions
Maintenance*Mounting screw set is not supplied.

φ95±0.3

32.5
55

0°
12

2×φ18

Application

25

îĳ
RUî0

φ7

32.5$GDSWHUIRUUHDUIDFHSLSLQJ

27

R9
2×

Accessories:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

φ95±0.3

6HDOLQJ
FDS

0°
12

HWS15A:LGWKDFURVVIODWVVR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)

0°
12

EMRT1

îĳ
RUî0

φ7

EMT6

EMP5A

（31）

0°

6HDOLQJ
FDS

12

16

φ6±0.1

6HDOLQJFDS

MT base (for metallic pipe)&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

VT base (for vinyl pipe)
EMT1H

WO71

Manostar gauge
Model WO71PS

List ofproducts

External dimension drawing

WO81

VT base (for vinyl pipe)
10.3

75

2

59.4

29.1
16.3

=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH

WO71î0VFUHZV
6HDOLQJFDS

75 ±0.3

4×φ4

FR51A

32.5

φ7

75

92

φ

87
±

0.
3

/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGH

3RLQWHUEODFN
0HPRU\SRLQWHUVHWWLQJGHYLFH:LGWKDFURVVIODWV
0HPRU\SRLQWHU UHG

83

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

VR base (rotary type for vinyl pipe)
4639

φ6±0.1&RPSDWLEOH
SLSHGLDPHWHU

（50）

MS99

MS99S

+LJKSUHVVXUH
VLGH

MT base (for metallic pipe)

75±0.392

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7
:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

6HDOLQJFDS

EMT1:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

6HDOLQJFDS

φ7

EMTGP1EMT1H

Mounting method
6XSSOLHGQXWVHW
LVXVHG

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A
0D[LPXPSDQHOWKLFNQHVVPP！
Caution

6HDOLQJFDS

Insert the gauge body to the frontof the panel, and secure the gauge
body with the supplied nut set.

• Tighten the screws and nuts to a torque of 0.8 N·m.
• Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the gauge body.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

26

WO71

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

Model WO71N
External dimension drawing=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH

29.2
10

î0WKUX

6.2+LJKSUHVVXUH
VLGHURWDU\EDVH

TOP
H

7

φ91

114

100

FR51A

MS99

/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGHURWDU\EDVH

L

BOTTOM

φ4.5

MS99S
3.2

0RXQWLQJSODWH

70

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Mounting method
Wall surface mounting
6XSSOLHGVFUHZVHWLVXVHGîĳ
RUî0

EMD8A

EMT1

100±0.3

EMD7

0LQWHUQDOWKUHDG)RUSHQHWUDWLRQEMTGP1

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

ZKHQPDNLQJKROHLQWKHSDQHO0QXW
ZKHQDQ0LQWHUQDOWKUHDGLVPDGHLQWKHSDQHO
1XWLVQRWQHFHVVDU\0VFUHZ

EMT1H

EMT6

Embedding in panel
6XSSOLHGVFUHZVHWLVXVHG

EMP5A

EMRT1

0.3

±

87

φ

HWS15A

Accessories

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

0D[LPXPSDQHOWKLFNQHVVPP

Precautions

270VFUHZ

Screw the screws into the mounting plate, andsecure the gauge body by pushing it against thepanel.

Application

Maintenance

M4<Mounting panel mounting/dismounting method>
The claw is designed to hook the gauge body.
Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the recessed part in the figure on the right,
and push it down while lifting the mounting plate to remove the mounting plate.
To mount the mounting plate, fit the gauge body in the mounting plate byaligning the claw with the recessed part, and push the mounting plate
5HFHVVHGSDUW
upward.

TOP
H

&ODZ
BOTTOM

WO71

Manostar gauge
Model WO71R

List ofproducts

External dimension drawing
29

10.3

=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH

6î0VFUHZV/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGHURWDU\EDVH+LJKSUHVVXUH
VLGHURWDU\EDVH

75

92

7

H

WO71

75±0.3

4×φ4

L

φ4.5

FR51A
75±0.3

75

φ
87
±
0.
3

92

WO81

MS99

MS99S
70

3DQHOFXWWLQJ
MS61A-RA

Mounting method

QDP33

6XSSOLHGQXWVHWLVXVHG

EMD8A

0QXW
6SULQJZDVKHU)ODWZDVKHU

EMD7

EMT1

0D[LPXPSDQHOWKLFNQHVVPPEMTGP1
Insert the gauge body to the front of thepanel, and secure the gauge body withthe supplied nut set.

• Tighten the screws and nuts to a torque of 0.8 N·m.
• Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the gauge body.

！
Caution

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

Overview of structure

EMRT1
7

4

6

5

/RZSUHVVXUHVLGHEDVH

1

3

2

+LJKSUHVVXUHVLGHEDVH

NumberName

1Transparent cover

2

Housing

3

Grill

4

Scale plate

5Diaphragm

6

Pointer
Zero point setting
device7

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

28

WO71

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO71

List of scales

WO81

WO71

0

60

40

20

80

100

100

50

150
200

0

Pa
FR51A

Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale

0–100 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale

5 Pa

0–200 Pa

10 Pa

MS99
200

100

MS99S

300

0

100

0

200

300

400

500

Pa
MS61A-RA

400

600

800

1000

Pa

Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale

0–300 Pa

0200

Pressure range Minimum scale

10 Pa

0–500 Pa

Pressure range Minimum scale

25 Pa

0–1000 Pa

50 Pa

QDP33
0.5

EMD8A

1

1.5

0

2

1
2

3

0

kPa
EMD7

0

2

3

4

5

kPa

kPa

Pressure range Minimum scale

0–2 kPa1

Pressure range Minimum scale

0.1 kPa

0–3 kPa

Pressure range Minimum scale

0.1 kPa

0–5 kPa

0.25 kPa

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

Accessories dedicated to WO71

RoHS

Custom seal

VR base(Auxiliary item)

EMT6

Dedicated to N type andR type(Example of customization)

Mounting plate(Auxiliary item)*ODQG
ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVDedicatedto N type(Auxiliary
item)

Item number

Material

2ULQJｉｄｗｄ

EMP5A

EMRT1

Item number

Material

KGA71VR Polycarbonate/aluminum

HWS15A

Item number

SEAL-WO71

Accessories
Application

Precautions

Material

Polyester film

It is possible to freely attach the seal on the gauge
body to color-code the scale and indicate the planned
differential pressure value and limit value.

Sealing cap(Auxiliary item)

MaintenanceItem number

KGA71PLG

Material

Polypropylene

This is already installed when
the gauge is purchased.

29

1LSSOHThis serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part
rotates. A vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameterof 4 mm can be connected. This is already installed when
the gauge is purchased.

！
Caution• There are no high-pressure side and low-pressure
side polarities.
• As the structure allows the O-ring (2 pieces) to drop,
pay attention not to lose the O-ring at the time ofremoval of the base.

ADPL71

Steel

This is used for
mounting the gauge
body.

WO71

Manostar gauge
WO71

List ofproducts

Accessories for FS type and PS typeRoHS

VT baseHigh-pressure side

(Auxiliary
item)

WO81

VR baseLow-pressure side

(Auxiliary
item)

Highpressure
side

Lowpressure
side

WO71

FR51A
Item number

KGA81VT-H-P

Material

Polypropylene

Item number

KGA81VT-L-P

Material

Polypropylene

A vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can beconnected. This is already installed when the gauge is purchased.

Item number

Material

KGA81VR-H

Brass

Low-pressure side

Material

KGA81VR-L

Brass

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates. A vinyl
pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can be connected.

MS99

PR baseMS99S

PT baseHigh-pressure side

Item number

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

MS61A-RA

Item number

KGA81PT-H

Material

PBT/brass

Item number

KGA81PT-L

Material

PBT/brass

Item number

Material

KGA81PR-H

PBT/brass

Item number

KGA81PR-L

Material

PBT/brass

QDP33

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint. For piping, use theseparately sold tube (refer to page 112) or a tube compatible with JIS
B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer diameter: 6 mm)

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint. The piping is
the same as that for the PT base. (Connectable tube outer diameter: 6
mm)

EMD8A

MT baseMR baseEMD7

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

EMT1

Item number

Material

KGA81MT-H

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MT-LBrass

A metallic pipe, such as copper pipe and aluminum pipe, with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm can be connected. However, for stainless steel
pipe, use an MTW base. When connecting with a plastic pipe (outer
diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm), remove the brass sleeve and use
the separately sold resin inner sleeve set (XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

Item number

KGA81MR-H

Brass

Item number

KGA81MR-L

Material

Adapter for rear face piping

Low-pressure side

(Dedicated to FS type
Highrear face piping)pressureside

EMTGP1

Brass

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates. The
piping material is the same as that of MT base. When connectingwith a plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm),remove the brass sleeve and use the separately sold resin inner
sleeve set (XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

MTW base
High-pressure side

Material(Dedicated to FS type
Lowrear face piping)pressure
side

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

Item number

KGA81MTＷ-H-S

Material

Stainless steel

Item number

KGA81MTＷ-L-S

Material

Stainless steel

This is used to connect a stainless steel pipe with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm.

Item number

KGA81FBA-H

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-H

Brass

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-L

Item number

KGA81FBA-L

Material

Brass

Highpressure
side

Material

Brass

It is possible to connect an R1/8 joint.
*The specifications of this adapter differ from those of the adapter for rearface piping.

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-H-S

Material

Item number

KGA81R1/8AD-L-S

Accessories
Application

Maintenance

Lowpressure
side

Stainless steel

HWS15A

Precautions

R1/8 base adapter (SUS)

Lowpressure
side

Material

Brass

When arranging an MT base on the rear face of the WO71FS type, this adapter
is required as a spacer for hooking a stabilizing wrench to the base at the timeof pipe connection. This adapter is also required when arranging the VR base or
MR base (excluding MTW base) on the rear face in order to avoid interference
between the base and panel.
When connecting an R1/8 joint, use an R1/8 base adapter.

R1/8 base adapter
Highpressure
side

Material

Material

Stainless steel

It is possible to connect an R1/8 joint.
*The specifications of this adapter differ from those of the adapter for rearface piping.

30

FR51A

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

FR51A
Utility model registration No. 2027772

Edgewise type fine differential pressure gauge

RoHS• Small-size/lightweight type that can be installed anywhere you like
WO71

FR51A

• Unique mechanism less subject to abnormal high pressure inrush• High-performance silicone rubber diaphragm with small hysteresis• Band-link mechanism that prevents the pointer from vibrating

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Model FR51AHV(Horizontal scale type)

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

Model FR51AVV(Vertical scale type)

Model FR51ACV(Color-coded horizontal scale type)

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• Part of semiconductor
manufacturing equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturingline• General factory management
equipment

FR51A

Ｈ Ｖ

Pressure range code

50

Ｄ Ｖ

(Example)
Mountingorientation

Ｖ
Ｈ
None

Unit

<Usage>• Measurement of internal pressure ofindoor device• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device• Room pressure measurement in aclean room*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)31

Product code

Range

Ｄ
Ｅ

Range for specification ofvertical mounting
Range for specification ofhorizontal mounting
Range for arbitrary mounting

Pa
kPa

Maximum scale value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

Base
Externalshape◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above
product code.

Ｖ

For vinyl pipe

Ｈ
ＶＣ

Horizontal scale type
Vertical scale type
Color-coded horizontal scale
typeFR51A

Manostar gauge
FR51A

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81
Horizontal scale type

Model

Vertical scale type

FR51AHV

Pressure unit
Pressure measurement
methodPressure-receiving
element
Measured gas
Scale shape
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Instrument bodywithstanding
pressure

Color-coded horizontal scale type

FR51AVVPa, kPa
Differential pressure method

FR51ACV

Exterior material

Polycarbonate

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,

WO71

10 to 50Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)

Diaphragm
Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)
Edgewise shape (scale length: approx. 45 mm)−10℃ to +50℃ (no freezing allowed)
90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)
50 kPa (refer to page 118)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Base part

Integrated with main bodyBase polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “H”
and “L” marks, respectively, at base part.

Mass

Approx. 90 g

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

Accessories

Mounting nut set

Pressure range
code

Mounting orientation(Refer to below)

Pressure range

50 DH

100 DH200 D

0–200 Pa

300 D

0–300 Pa

500 D

0–500 Pa

1000 D

0–1000 Pa

2E

0–2 kPa3E

0–3 kPa5E

0–5 kPa＋－ 50 DH＋－100 D

QDP33

Upright (specification)

EMD8A

From horizontal throughupright to downward andhorizontal

EMD7±2.5％ FS

Silicone rubber

20 kPaArbitrary mounting

EMT1

Horizontal (specification)

EMTGP1

Upright (specification)
From horizontal through uprightto downward and horizontal−100 to +100 Pa

EMT1H

Arbitrary mounting(Note) Accuracy in full span (refer to page121)◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

EMT6

Mounting orientation and range

EMP5A

Range for the specification of horizontal andupright mounting

Range for mounting orientation arbitrary mounting in the range
from horizontal through upright to downward and horizontalWR3DWR3DíWR3D:KROHUDQJHRWKHUWKDQRQWKHOHIW,WLVQHFHVVDU\WRVSHFLI\WKHPRXQWLQJ
RULHQWDWLRQ KRUL]RQWDOXSULJKWDQGRWKHUV 
DWWKHWLPHRIRUGHUSODFHPHQW

&DQEHDUELWUDULO\PRXQWHGDWDQDQJOH
LQWKHUDQJHIURPKRUL]RQWDOWKURXJKXSULJKWWRGRZQZDUGDQGKRUL]RQWDO

8SULJKWSODQH
10° 10°8SULJKWSODQH

HWS15A

Accessories

45°

$UELWUDU\P
RXQW
LQJ
LQW

180°

0°

Application

Precautions+RUL]RQWDOSODQHMaintenance

10°

10°

45
°

90°

5°

+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

10°

0°

10°

5°
180°

+RUL]RQWDO

13

13

2W
KH
U

90°

EMRT1

KRUL]RQWDOWKURXJKXSUL
JKW
IURP
WRG
QJH
D
U

R
KH

QWDO
GKRUL]R
GDQ
ZDU
ZQ

2
W

U
KH



Upright MS61A-RA

Horizontal (specification)−50 to +50 Pa＋－ 50 DVWithstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element(Refer to page 118)

Upright (specification)

0–100 Pa

100 DV

Pressure-receiving
element material

Horizontal (specification)

0–50 Pa

50 DV

Accuracy (Note)(at 23℃ )32

FR51A

Manostar gauge
List ofproducts

WO81

FR51A
External dimension drawing
Model FR51AHV (horizontal scale type)(vertical scale type)

70
60
39

WO71
φ5.5

70±0.32×φ423±0.3

FR51A

Model FR51AVV

71

MS99
îＭ
PRXQWLQJ
VFUHZV

61±0.385

MS99S

3DQHOFXWWLQJ
14

MS61A-RAThe external dimensions ofmodel FR51AVV are same

QDP33

as those of model FR51AHV.

80

6SDFHUQXW

2×φ4)ODWZDVKHU
6SULQJZDVKHUEMT1EMTGP1！
Caution

EMT1H

EMT6

61±0.3=HURSRLQWVHWWLQJGHYLFH

0D[LPXPSDQHOWKLFNQHVV
PP

70±0.3

EMD7

22

26

EMD8A

0QXW• Do not remove the spacer nut because doing so may break the gauge.
• M3 nut tightening torque: 0.8 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing so breaks the
instrument body.

23±0.3

Overview of structure

EMP5A
3

6

1

EMRT1
4

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

33

NumberName

1Transparent cover

2

Base

3

Grill

4

Scale plate

5Diaphragm

6

Pointer
Zero point setting
device7

7/RZSUHVVXUHVLGHEDVH
5

2+LJKSUHVVXUHVLGHEDVH

FR51A

Manostar gauge
FR51A

List of scales

List ofproducts

Model FR51AHV/CV (horizontal scale type)

WO81

Biased pressure range
0

10

0

20

30

Pa

40

50

0

200

400

FR51A

Pressure range
0–50 Pa

Minimum scale
5 Pa

20

60

40

Zero center range

Pa（Actual size）

80

100

Pressure range
0–1000 Pa

0.5

0Minimum scale
10 Pa

600

800

1000

−50

Minimum scale
100 PaPressure range
0–2 kPa

40

20

FR51A

1
kPa

FR51A

Pressure range
0–100 Pa

Pa

0
Pa

Pressure range−50 to +50 Pa

1.5

2

-100

50

FR51A

Minimum scale
0.1 kPa20

40 ＋50F R5 1 A

Minimum scale
10 Pa

0
Pa

Pressure range−100 to +100 Pa

WO71

50

FR51A

MS99

+100

MS99S

F R5 1 A

Minimum scale
10 Pa

MS61A-RA

QDP33
50

0

100
Pa

Pressure range
0–200 Pa

100

0

Pa

Pressure range
0–300 Pa

0

100

200

Pa

Pressure range
0–500 Pa

150

1

0

200

Minimum scale
10 Pa

Pressure range
0–3 kPa

200

0

300

1

FR51A

Minimum scale
20 Pa

300

2

3
FR51A

EMD8A

Minimum scale
0.2 kPakPa

Pressure range
0–5 kPa

400

2

kPa

FR51A

3

Color-coded horizontal scale

4

5
FR51A

F R5 1 A

Minimum scale
0.5 kPa

Pressure range
Biased pressure
range target
0

Color coding
Green
Yellow Red
50％FS 75％FS

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

500
FR51A

Minimum scale
50 Pa

EMT6

EMP5A

Model FR51AVV (vertical scale type)

Biased pressure range
Pa
50

Pa
100

Pa
200

Zero center range
Pa
300

Pa
500

Pa
1000

kPa
2

kPa
3

kPa
5

Pa

＋50

Pa
+100

EMRT1

HWS15A

40
40
30

80

400

150
200

60

300

800

20

40

10

20

0

0

2

600

100

4

1.5

20
3

1
100

50

200

400

100

200

0

0

0.5

Accessories
Application

0
1

50

0

2
20
1

50

Precautions
Maintenance

40
0

0

0

0

0

−50

-100

FR 5 1 A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

FR51A

F R5 1 A

Pressure range
0–50 Pa

Pressure range
0–100 Pa

Pressure range
0–200 Pa

Pressure range
0–300 Pa

Pressure range
0–500 Pa

Pressure range
0–1000 Pa

Pressure range
0–2 kPa

Pressure range
0–3 kPa

Pressure range
0–5 kPa

Pressure range−50 to +50 Pa

Pressure range−100 to +100 Pa

34

MS99

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS99
Fine differential pressure switch

30 V DC and lower rated
voltage
specification only

• Wide setting range due to employment of multi-start thread.
WO71

FR51A

• Standardization of the contact has eliminated the need to specify the

RoHS

normal load and fine load.
• High accuracy has been achieved.
• Exchange of base makes it possible to connect various pipes (forexchangeable base type only).

MS99• Products compatible with EC directive (CE marking) are also available (30V DC and lower rated voltage specification).

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1Model MS99 V

EMT1H

Model MS99 C(Integrated base type)(Exchangeable base type)

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

Product code

HWS15A<Main application fields>

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air conditioning control
equipment<Usage>• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

35

MS99

Ｌ Ｖ

Pressure range code

500

Ｄ Ｖ

(Example)
Opening/closing
capability

Mountingorientation
Unit
Range
Base
Scale setting◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.

NoneStandard specificationＬ

30 V DC and lower rated voltage
specification

Ｖ
Ｈ

Upright

Ｄ
Ｅ

Pa

HorizontalkPa

Maximum scale value

Ｖ
C

Integrated type

Ｈ
Ｌ

Upper limit setting

Exchangeable type
Lower limit setting

MS99

Manostar switch
MS99

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

Integrated base type, forupper limit setting

Integrated base type, for lower Exchangeable base type, forlimit setting
upper limit setting

MS99HVMS99LV

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressuremeasurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm

Contact material

Silver alloy/gold plating

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure setting
methodSetting by dial with scale

Mounting orientation

Upright or horizontal

Operating ambient
temperature−10°C to +60°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Exterior material

Model V
Model C

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC
megger)Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case: 1500 V AC, 50/60 Hz, for one
minutePressure range
code

MS99HC
Compatible pipe

Pressure range

Mounting orientation*It is necessary to specify theorientation at the time oforder placement for all
ranges.

M4 (mountable terminal: outer diameter of φ8 or below)
Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with“H” and “L” marks, respectively, at the piping connection
base part.
Model V Approx. 170 g
Model C Approx. 190 g
None (cable clamp is separately sold)
UL standard
UL and C-UL recognition component
Requirement standard No.......... UL508
File No........................................ E240648*Acquired as open-type enclosure.
RoHS directive
Equivalent to IP54 (at time of acquisition of cable clamp)

Mass
Accessories
Conforming
standards

Protection level
Cable clamp
mounting screw size

M15 P=1

Repeatability

Maximum operating Pressure-receiving instrument body and pressurereceiving element
pressure difference element material

20–120 Pa±5.0 Pa±2.0 Pa

25.0 Pa

20–200 Pa±9.0 Pa±2.0 Pa

25.0 Pa

300 D

30–300 Pa±13.5 Pa

±3.0 Pa

30.0 Pa±22.5 Pa

±5.0 Pa

45.0 Pa±45 Pa

±10 Pa70 Pa±0.135 kPa±0.030 kPa

0.300 kPa

50–500 Pa
100–1000 Pa

3E

0.3–3 kPa

HorizontalorUpright

5E

0.5–5 kPa

±0.225 kPa±0.050 kPa

0.450 kPa

10 E

1–10 kPa±0.45 kPa

±0.10 kPa

0.70 kPa

30 E

3–30 kPa±1.35 kPa

±0.30 kPa

3.00 kPa

30 V DC
Standard load

100 V AC
250 V AC

Minute load

30 V DC
125 V AC

Specifications
Contact
configuration
SPDT (single-pole
double-throw)
Electric service life
100,000 times or
more

Resistance load
0.8 A
5A

Induction load
150 mATime constant

60 mA

Power factor

7 ms
0.6

5A

―

100 mA―

Opening/closing capability [30 V DC and lower rated voltage specification]
LoadStandard load
Minute load

！

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

Silicone rubber
20 kPa

EMT1H

50 kPaRated voltage

Specifications

30 V DC

Contact configuration
SPDT (single-pole doublethrow)
Electric service life
100,000 times or more

Resistance load
0.8 A
100 mA

Induction load
150 mATime constant

7 ms

―

Rating certified withsafety standard (UL)
[Standard specification]

EMP5A

Rating125 V DC–0.5 A RES
250 V AC–5 A RES

EMRT1Rating certified withsafety standard (UL)

HWS15A[30 V DC and lower rated
voltage specification]
Rating30 V DC–0.5 A RES*To enhance the contact reliability of the contact under minute load condition, gold plating is applied to the contact surface. If the instrument is used with a voltage orcurrent exceeding the rating at the time of use of minute load, the gold plating will be broken and the contact reliability of the contact under minute load condition will bedegraded.
Under minute load conditions, do not use such a product that has been used any number of times under normal load conditions.

Caution

MS99

EMT6

Opening/closing capability [standard specification]
Rated voltage

FR51A

10 kPa◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

Load

WO71

(Refer to page 118)

200 D
500 D

WO81

EMD8A
Withstanding pressures of

Scale setting
accuracy(at 23°C)

120 D

1000 D

MS99LC

Model V• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)
Model C• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)
Base for resin vinyl pipe (already mounted on instrument)• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)
Separately sold base for metallic pipe is necessary.
• Hard tube (outer diameter 6 × inner diameter 4 mm)
Separately sold base for metallic pipe and inner sleeveset (refer to page 95) or push-in joint is necessary.

Terminal screw size
Base polarity

Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate and polyamide

Exchangeable base type, forlower limit setting

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance• In an induction load circuit, such as a relay, there is a possibility of contact problems with a contact due to back electromotive force or inrush current at thetime of opening or closing. Therefore, be sure to insert a protective circuit for surge absorption, such as a diode and varistor.
• If silicone gas or organic gas is contained in the measured gas, such an organic substance that may lead to defective contact of a contact that is caused byarc energy at the time of contact opening/closing. If offensive gas is contained in the measured gas, malfunctioning due to defective contact of a contact or
corrosion of the internal mechanism may occur. If any of the above gases exist in the measured gas or surrounding environment, discuss the use of a modelwith the built-in lead switch MS61A-RA, whose contact is less subject to the external atmosphere.

36

MS99

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS99
External dimension drawing
Model MS99 V (integrated base type)

WO71

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ
0RXQWDEOHWHUPLQDORXWHUGLDPHWHURIĳRUEHORZîĳ

&DEOHFODPSPRXQWLQJKROH
Ｍî0RXQWLQJKROH&RYHUPRXQWLQJVFUHZ

18

FR51A
3
2

1

90
100

78

MS99S

36

MS99

40

MS61A-RA11îĳRU0

35
78

φ4.5

6FDOH

48
53

8.5

90±0.3

QDP33

EMD8A

3DQHOFXWWLQJ
EMD7

EMT1

Model MS99 C (exchangeable base type)36

EMTGP1&DEOHFODPSPRXQWLQJ
KROH
0î

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ
0RXQWDEOHWHUPLQDORXWHUGLDPHWHURIĳRUEHORZîĳ
0RXQWLQJKROH&RYHUPRXQWLQJ
VFUHZ

18

EMT1H

2

100

78

1

EMT6

90
111

3

φ7

EMP5A

EMRT1

35
78

24

6FDOH
48
53

24

HWS15A

Application
40

Precautions

90±0.3îĳRU0

Accessories

Maintenance

3DQHOFXWWLQJ！
Caution37

Base tightening torque: 1 N·m
Terminal screw tightening torque: 0.7 to 1.0 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing sobreaks the instrument body. (Refer to page 120)

MS99

Manostar switch
MS99

List ofproducts

Overview of structure

WO81

1

9

7

8

Number

2

6
10
11

4

3

5

Name

1

Cover

2

Main frame

3

Base

4

Diaphragm

5

Mounting plate

6

Fixed contact

7

Movable contact

8

Terminal

WO71

FR51A

MS99

9

Dial

10

Low-pressure side base11

High-pressure side base

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Mounting orientation and range

It is necessary to specify the orientation at the time of order placement for all ranges.

7KHLQVWUXPHQWFDQEHPRXQWHGRQWKHPRXQWLQJVXUIDFHLQDQDUELWUDU\PDQQHU

90°

H
EO

QDP33

EMD8A

8Q
X

+RUL]RQWDO

EOH
VD

8Q
XV
D

8SULJKWSODQH
5°5° 8SULJKW

5°5°

0°

EMD7

+RUL]RQWDOSODQH

EMT1

EMTGP1

Accessories dedicated to MS99

RoHS

Mounting plate

Cover

Cable clamp holder(Auxiliary item)

Dedicated toV type and C
type(Auxiliary item)

EMT1H(Auxiliary item)

EMT6

EMP5A
This is already installed at the time of purchase of the
instrument.
This cannot be used for Model MS99S.

Item number

ADPL99-01

This is already installed at the time of purchase of the
instrument.

Material

Item number

Aluminum/steel

This is already installed at the time of purchase of the
instrument.

Material

TCA-99Polycarbonate/steel

Item number

ADPA-MS99

Material

Polycarbonate

Cable clamp (Ohm Electric Co., Ltd.)[External dimension attime of mounting]

Mounting hole diameter: φ15
Mounting screw: M15 P=1[Schematic figure of mounted cable clamp]
Only by changing the orientation of the transparent cover, it ispossible to change the wiring direction.

(111.5)

3！

Caution

φ2-4
φ3-5
φ5-7

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

2

Precautions
MaintenanceMaterial

Nylon 66
Polypropylene
NBR

(22)

Item number

OA-W15M-04
OA-W15M-05
OA-W15M-07

Compatible electric
wire diameter

1

EMRT1

18

At time of mounting of cable clamp, protection level isequivalent to IP54.

• In mounting of the cable clamp to the instrument body, the supplied locknut is not used.
• When extracting the wire in the base direction on Model MS99 C (exchangeable base type), the installation is disabled because the base andthe cable clamp interfere with each other.

38

MS99

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS99
Accessories for C typeRoHS

VT baseVR base(Auxiliary item)

WO71

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

FR51A
Item number

KGA99VT

MS99

MS99S

Material

Item number

Polyamide

Material

KGA81VR-H

A vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can beconnected. This is already installed at the time of purchase of the
instrument.

High-pressure side

Material

KGA81VR-L

Brass

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates. A
vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with an inner diameter of 6 mm can beconnected.

PT baseMS61A-RA

Item numberBrass

PR baseLow-pressure side

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

QDP33

EMD8A

Item number

KGA81PT-H

EMD7

Material

PBT/brass

Item number

KGA81PT-L

Material

PBT/brass

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint. For piping, use theseparately sold tube (refer to page 112) or a tube compatible with JIS
B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer diameter: 6 mm)

Item number

KGA81PR-H

Material

PBT/brass

Item number

Material

KGA81PR-L

PBT/brass

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint. The piping is
the same as that for the PT base. (Connectable tube outer diameter: 6
mm)

EMT1

MT baseEMTGP1High-pressure side

MR baseLow-pressure side

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

EMT1H

EMT6

Item number

KGA81MT-H

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Material

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MT-L

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MR-H

Brass

Item number

Material

KGA81MR-L

Brass

A metallic pipe, such as copper pipe and aluminum pipe with anouter diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm, can be connected. However, forstainless steel pipe, use an MTW base. When connecting with aplastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm), remove
the brass sleeve and use the separately sold resin inner sleeve set(XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

This serves as an elbow whose tube mounting part rotates.
The piping material is the same as that of the MT base. Whenconnecting with a plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × innerdiameter 4 mm), remove the brass sleeve and use the separately
sold resin inner sleeve set (XIN6×4; refer to page 111).

MTW base

Adapter for rear face piping

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

High-pressure side

Low-pressure side

Accessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceItem number

KGA81MTＷ-H-S

Material

Stainless steel

Item number

KGA81MTＷ-L-S

Material

Stainless steel

This is used to connect a stainless steel pipe with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm.

Item number

KGA81FBA-H

Material

Brass

Item number

KGA81FBA-L

Material

Brass

When a rotary base is used, it ispossible to provide a step so that
pipes do not contact each other evenwhen they cross each other. (Figureon the right)$GDSWHUIRUUHDUIDFHSLSLQJ

39

MS99

Manostar switch
MS99

List ofproducts

Example of mounting of type C base

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

VR basePT basePR base
EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

MT baseMR baseMTW base
EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application！
Caution•Even when the bases are exchanged with each other, the high-pressure side and low-pressure side polarities cannot be changed. The basepolarities are indicated with an “H” mark on the high-pressure side and an “L” mark on the low-pressure side at their respective base mounting
parts.
• Base tightening torque: 1 N·m Sealing cap tightening torque: 0.5 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing so breaks the instrument body. (Refer to page 120)

Precautions
Maintenance

40

MS99

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

MS99

WO81

Protection of switch contact

WO71○To reduce the noise generated at the time of opening/closing of the load andlengthen the service life of the contact by decreasing the generation of nitricacid gas and carbide, a contact protection circuit is used. However, it will havean opposite effect if it is not used correctly.

○When a contact protection circuit is used, the operation time of theload may be slightly delayed. Representative examples of a contact
protection circuit are provided below.

Representative examples of a contact protection circuit
FR51A

Applicable powersourceCircuit example

DC

U

R C

MS61A-RA

3RZHUVRXUFH

MS99S

3RZHUVRXUFH

MS99,QGXFWLRQORDG,QGXFWLRQORDG

Varistor
methodC/R method

○

○

○

○This method prevents a voltage equal to or exceeding the varistor’s limit voltage frombeing applied between the contacts. In this method, the return time of the induction loadon the relay is slightly delayed.
○From the selection materials from varistor manufacturers, select a varistor with a ratingthat matches the power voltage and load capacity.

○○In this method, the operation/return time is slightly delayed if the load is an induction
load such as relay.
○The CR values should be around C: 0.5 μF/A and R: 1.0 Ω/V with respect to the contact
current and contact voltage, respectively, as a guide. However, as these values varydepending on the property of the load and other conditions, check the values throughexperiment and select an appropriate model.

×○In this method, the back electromotive force of the induction load is canceled by the load
resistance through a diode to prevent high voltage from being applied between contacts.
In this method, the return time of induction load is more delayed compared to the varistor
type and CR method.
○Select a diode whose rating current is equal to or greater than the load current and whose
reverse breakdown voltage is 10 times the power voltage or greater.

×○The diode method is effective when the return time of the induction load on the relay isexcessively delayed. Select a Zener diode whose Zener voltage is almost equal to thepower voltage as a guide. However, if the load increases, a Zener diode whose reverse
surge power is great is required. Therefore, this method has a limit, and attention needs
to be paid when selecting this method.

EMD7

3RZHUVRXUFH

EMD8A

Diode method

3RZHUVRXUFH

QDP33,QGXFWLRQORDG,QGXFWLRQ
ORDG

Diode
+
Zener diodemethod○○Points to note when applying/selecting circuit

AC

EMT1

C

EMTGP13RZHUVRXUFH

Examples of bad contact protection circuit,QGXFWLRQ
ORDG

EMT1H

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

41

3RZHUVRXUFH

Condenser method
C

EMT6○This method is very effective for extinction of an arc at the time of release of the contact,
but the charging current flows to the condenser when contacting the contact, making thecontact likely to be welded and shortening the contact service life.

,QGXFWLRQORDG○This method is very effective for extinction of an arc at the time of release of the contact,
but short-circuit current in power storage capacity stored in the condenser flows whencontacting the contact, making the contact likely to be welded and shortening thecontact service life.

MS99

Manostar switch
MS99

List ofproducts

Notes on contact material
To enhance the contact reliability of the contact under minute load condition, gold plating is applied to the contact surface. If the
instrument is used with a voltage or current exceeding the rating at the time of use of minute load, the gold plating may break, andthe contact reliability of the contact under minute load conditions may degrade.

！

Under minute load conditions, do not use such a product that has been used any number of times under normal load conditions.

WO81

WO71

FR51A

CautionConfiguration of switch contact

MS99
Differential
pressure
increases.

○ The contact configuration of this instrument is as shown on the right.
○ The state in which the differential pressure (pressure) is not applied to the instrument isreferred to as normal condition.
○ In the normal the condition, the section between contact 1 (COM.) and contact 2 (N.C.) isclosed, and the section between contact 1 (COM.) and contact 3 (N.O.) is open.
○ When the differential pressure increases and reaches the set pressure, the contact isswitched, the section between contact 1 (COM.) and contact 2 (N.C.) turns to be open, and thesection between contact 1 (COM.) and contact 3 (N.O.) turns to be closed.

6HW
SUHVVXUH

MS61A-RA
2SHUDWLQJ
SUHVVXUHGLIIHUHQFH

Upper limit setting and lower limit setting

MS99S'LIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH

GHDGEDQG
The pressure at which the electric contact of the switch is triggered as the differential pressure
5HVHW
(pressure) applied to the instrument has increased from zero is referred to as the set pressure.
SUHVVXUH
Then, the pressure at which the contact has returned to the former state as the differential
pressure has decreased from the use condition at a pressure greater than the set pressure andthe electric contact has been triggered is referred to as the reset pressure.
7LPH
The set pressure and reset pressure mentioned above are not the same values but are slightly)LJXUHIRUH[SODQDWLRQRI
different from each other. This difference is referred to as the operating pressure difference (deadRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHGLIIHUHQFHband).
This instrument has two variations: one with the scale of setting dial set to the set pressure; and the other with the scale set to the resetpressure.
This instrument with the scale set to the set pressure is referred to as the instrument for upper limit setting and the instrument with the scale
set to the reset pressure is referred to as the instrument for lower limit setting.

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

When the setting pressure is set to 1 kPa in the pressure range of 1 to 10 kPa as an example (the operating pressure difference is assumed
to be 0.7 kPa)
Setting dial scale adjustment

Instrument for upper
limit setting

Adjustment is made by means of
set pressure.

When the differential pressure increases, the section between 3 (N.O.) and 1(COM.) closes at 1 kPa. Then, when the differential pressure decreases, thesection between 3 (N.O.) and 1 (COM.) opens at 0.3 kPa.

EMT1H

Instrument for lower
limit setting

Adjustment is made by means ofreset pressure.

When the differential pressure increases, the section between 3 (N.O.) and 1(COM.) closes at 1.7 kPa. Then, when the differential pressure decreases, thesection between 3 (N.O.) and 1 (COM.) opens at 1 kPa.

EMT6

！

Contact action

EMTGP1

Scale setting

It is not possible to change from the upper limit setting to the lower limit setting and vice versa.

CautionReset time
Reset time refers to the time it takes to reach the reset pressure (the electric contact is reset) when the differential pressure is suddenly
reduced to zero from the set pressure. In this instrument, the reset time is approx. 3 seconds at 20 Pa and approx. 1 second at 50 Pa andgreater. (However, the reset time is for the instrument body only, not including the pipe.) Therefore, a response faster than this time is
impossible.

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Contact rating
If the contact capacity in the specification is exceeded, additionally connect the secondary relay. In general, the smaller the voltage andcurrent are, the longer the contact service life is. A Manostar switch cannot directly shut off a circuit whose voltage exceeds 250 V AC.

Accessories

Measured gas

Application

If offensive gas (nitric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sulfurous acid, ammonia, chlorine, etc.) is contained in the measured gas, malfunctioning due
to defective contact of a contact or corrosion of the internal mechanism may occur. If the measured gas is highly humid, nitric acid may be
produced due to an arc at the time of opening/closing of the contact, which may lead to similar defective contact or malfunctioning. Therefore,
avoid the use of highly humid measured gas.
If the measured gas contains silicone gas generated from silicone (oil, grease, filler, etc.), silicone oxide may be generated and accumulated
at the contact due to an arc at the time of opening/closing of the contact, which may lead to defective contact of a contact. Therefore, remove
the silicone gas generation source or implement arc suppression measures.

Precautions
Maintenance42

MS99S

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS99S
Type examination pass No. TC22339X

Intrinsically safe fine differential pressure switch
Explosion-proof performance

WO71

FR51A

MS99

RoHS

Ex ia ⅡC T6 Ga

Intrinsically safe refers to a model with a structure designed in consideration of thenecessary safety factor so that combustible gas will not be ignited because of an electric
spark generated under normal conditions or in the event of an accident or temperaturerise, whose explosion-proof safety has been verified through tests or by other means by an
official organization.
Be sure to use this instrument in combination with a safety holder (relay barrier). (Refer toMS99S

page 45)MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1Model MS99S

EMT1H(Integrated base type)

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A<Main application fields>

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air conditioning control
equipment<Usage>• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

43

Product code

MS99S

Ｈ Ｖ

Pressure range code

1000

Ｄ Ｖ

(Example)
Mountingorientation

Unit
Range
Base
Scale
setting

Ｖ
Ｈ

Upright

Ｄ
Ｅ

Pa

HorizontalkPa

Maximum scale value

Ｖ

Integrated type

Ｈ
Ｌ

Upper limit setting

Lower limit setting◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆There is no intrinsically safe fine differential pressure switch of the exchangeable base type.

MS99S

Manostar switch
MS99S

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81

Specifications

Integrated base type, for upper limit setting

Integrated base type, for lower limit setting

MS99SHVMS99SLV

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressuremeasurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm

Contact material

Silver alloy/gold plating

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure setting
methodSetting by dial with scale

Mounting orientation

Upright or horizontal

Operating ambient
temperature−10℃ to +60℃ (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Conforming
standard

Exterior material

Polycarbonate

Precautions

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)

WO71

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case	20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC
megger)Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case	1500 V AC 50/60 Hz
for one minuteCompatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Terminal screw size

M4 (mountable terminal: outer diameter of φ8 or below)

Base polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with“H” and “L” marks, respectively, at the piping connection
base part.

MS99

Mass

Approx. 190 g

MS99S

Accessories

Cable clamp (already installed on main body), rubberbushing (two types)
RoHS directive
When using this product in a combustible gas atmosphere,
its structure must be intrinsically safe.
When using this product, be sure to mount it by attaching
the cover, cable clamp, and DIN rail mounting plate.

Explosion-proof specifications
Intrinsically safe structure (Ex ia IIC T6 Ga）

Internal inductance (Li)Ignorable value

Applicable guidanceTechnical Guideline 2015 compliance with international
standardJNIOSH-TR-46-1:2015
JNIOSH-TR-46-6:2015

Internal capacitance (Ci)Ignorable value

Equipment protection level (EPL)Ga

Protection level

IP20

Intrinsically safe circuit tolerable
voltage (Ui)14.4 V

Hazardous locations where thisproduct can be installed*

Intrinsically safe circuit tolerable
current (Ii)

30 mA

Special hazardous location
Class I hazardous location
Class II hazardous location

Intrinsically safe circuit tolerable
power (Pi)

0.11 W

Repeatability

Maximum
operatingpressuredifference±5.0 Pa±2.0 Pa

25.0 Pa

20–200 Pa±9.0 Pa±2.0 Pa

25.0 Pa

300 D

30–300 Pa±13.5 Pa

±3.0 Pa

30.0 Pa

500 D

50–500 Pa±22.5 Pa

±5.0 Pa

45.0 Pa

1000 D

100–1000 Pa±45 Pa

±10 Pa70 Pa

3E

0.3–3 kPa

±0.135 kPa±0.030 kPa

0.300 kPa

5E

0.5–5 kPa

±0.225 kPa±0.050 kPa

0.450 kPa

10 E

1–10 kPa±0.45 kPa

±0.10 kPa

0.70 kPa

30 E

3–30 kPa±1.35 kPa

±0.30 kPa

3.00 kPa

120 D

20–120 Pa

200 D

Mounting orientation*It is necessary to specify theorientation at the time oforder placement for all
ranges.

HorizontalorUpright◆For an overview of the structure, refer to page 38.
◆For contact and other materials, refer to page 42.
◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

EMT1

12 V DC

Specifications
Contact configuration
SPDT (single-pole
double-throw)
Electric service life
100,000 times or more

Scale setting
accuracy(at 23°C)

Pressure-receiving
element material

Withstanding pressuresof instrument body andpressure-receiving element(Refer to page 118)EMTGP1EMT1H

EMT6
10 kPaEMP5A
Silicone rubber

EMRT1
20 kPa

50 kPa

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Opening/closing capability
Rated voltage

QDP33

EMD7

*In all hazardous locations, positively prevent generation of spark, which could be an ignition source, due to impact or friction on this instrument.

Pressure range

MS61A-RA

EMD8A

Explosion-proof performance

Pressure range code

FR51A

Resistance load

Precautions
Maintenance

30 mA

44

MS99S

Manostar switch

2

1

MS99S

11

MS61A-RA

QDP33

18

5.5

3

78

MS99

&RYHUPRXQWLQJ
VFUHZ

40

FR51A

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ
0RXQWDEOHWHUPLQDORXWHUGLDPHWHURIĳRUEHORZ

84

WO71

External dimension drawing

106.5

WO81

MS99S

36

List ofproducts

6FDOH&DEOHFODPS

φ4.5

78

48
57

8
12.5

33
35

EMD8A

EMD7

Mounting orientation and range It is necessary to specify the orientation at the time of order placement for all ranges.

EMT1

7KHLQVWUXPHQWFDQEHPRXQWHGRQWKHPRXQWLQJVXUIDFHLQDQDUELWUDU\PDQQHU

8SULJKWSODQH
5°5° 8SULJKWEMTGP1

8Q
XV
D

8
QX

+RUL]RQWDO

EOH
VD

EMT1H

90°

H
EO

0°

5°5°

EMT6

+RUL]RQWDOSODQH

EMP5A

EMRT1

Terminal connection part
HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance+D]DUGRXV 1RQKD]DUGRXVORFDWLRQORFDWLRQ)LQHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHVZLWFK

6DIHW\KROGHU

3RZHUVRXUFH

2（N.C.）

1（COM.）
3（N.O.）

1RQLQWULQVLFDOO\VDIHFLUFXLW,QWULQVLFDOO\VDIHFLUFXLW

Recommended safety holder• Contact signal converter EB3C series (IDEC Corporation)• Barrier relay system TBR-100 series (Takenaka Electronic Industrial Co., Ltd.)45•	Safety holders that can be connected to this product are limited tosuch safety holders that have passed the type examination as soledevices and satisfy the following conditions.
Performance category: ia
Group: IIC
Uo ≤ 14.4 V
Io ≤ 30 mA
Po ≤ 0.11 W•	For external wiring of the intrinsically safe circuit, use such wires thatsatisfy the wiring conditions for the safety holder.
Lo ≥ Lc Lc:	inductance of external wiring of the intrinsically safe
circuitCo ≥ Cc Cc:	c apacitance of external wiring of the intrinsically safe
circuit*The internal inductance and internal capacitance of this product are notconsidered because they are ignorable values.
•	Route the wires of the intrinsically safe circuit such that the voltage
and current that may impair the intrinsic safety of the intrinsicallysafe circuit are not induced on the intrinsically safe circuit byelectromagnetic induction and electrostatic induction.

MS99S

Manostar switch
MS99S

List ofproducts

Accessories dedicated to MS99

RoHS

WO81

Cable clamp holder(Auxiliary item)

WO71

FR51A
This is already installed at the time of purchase of
the instrument.
Item number

MS99

Material

ADPA-MS99

Polycarbonate

MS99S

Cable clamp (Ohm Electric Co., Ltd.)
Mounting hole diameter: φ15
Mounting screw: M15 P=1[Schematic figure of mounted cable clamp]
Only by changing the orientation of the transparent cover is it
possible to change the wiring direction.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

On the model MS99S, the OA-W15M-05 is
equipped as standard, and rubber bushings OAW15M-04 and OA-W15M-07 are attached as one
each.

EMD7

Item number

Compatible electric
wire diameter

Material

OA-W15M-04
OA-W15M-05
OA-W15M-07

φ2–4
φ3–5
φ5–7

Nylon 66
Polypropylene
NBR

！

EMT1

In mounting of the cable clamp to the instrument body, the supplied locknut is not used.

CautionAccessories dedicated to S typeRoHS

EMTGP1

EMT1H

DIN rail mounting plate(Auxiliary item)

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1
This is already installed at the time of purchase of the instrument.
Item number

ADPL99S-DIN

HWS15A

Material

Polyacetal/steel

Accessories

DIN rail set[Schematic figure of mounted DIN rail]

Application

105

Precautions

Item number

DIN-99S

Material

Aluminum/steel

Maintenance35

46

MS61A-RA

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS61A-RA
Small-size fine differential pressure switch

RoHS• Small-size/lightweight type that can be installed anywhere you like
WO71

• The operating pressure can be set only by adjusting the scale knob with one
action.

FR51A• Unique mechanism less subject to abnormal high pressure inrush• High-performance silicone rubber diaphragm with small hysteresis

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1MS61A-RA

EMT1H

With built-in lead switch(single-pole normally open sealed type)

EMT6*Model MS61A-RA, which came to be resold in September 2019, is not compliant with the UL standard.

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• Part of semiconductor
manufacturing equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturingline• General factory management
equipment

MS61A

L

Pressure range code

Ｖ120

Ｄ －ＲＡ (Example)

Contact
specification<Usage>• Measurement of internal pressure ofindoor device• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device• Room pressure measurement in aclean room*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

47

Product code

Unit
Range
Base
Scale
setting◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.

normally open
－ＲＡ Single-polesealed type

Ｄ
Ｅ

Pa
kPa

Maximum scale value

Ｖ

For vinyl pipe

Ｈ
Ｌ

Upper limit setting
Lower limit setting

MS61A-RA

Manostar switch
MS61A-RA

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

WO81
Instrument for upper limit setting

Instrument for lower limit setting

MS61AHVMS61ALV

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressure measurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure setting method

Setting by knob with scale

Standard mounting
orientation

Mounted at arbitrary angle between horizontal and uprightOperating ambient
temperature−10°C to +50°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

100 kPa (refer to page 118)

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

20 kPa (refer to page 118)

Exterior material

Polyamide

WO71

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three axial
directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case
20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case
500 V AC 50/60 Hz for one minuteCompatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Terminal screw size

M3.5

Base polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “H” and “L” marks,
respectively, at the piping connection base part.

Mass

Approx. 140 g

Mounting screw size

M4

FR51A

MS99

outer diameter of φ8 or below

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Pressure range code

Scale setting accuracy(at 20°C)

Pressure range

Maximum operatingpressure difference

120 D*

20–120 Pa±5.0 Pa37.5 Pa

300 D

50–300 Pa±15 Pa

60 Pa

600 D

100–600 Pa±25 Pa120 Pa

1.2 E

0.2–1.2 kPa±0.050 kPa

0.240 kPa

3E

0.5–3 kPa

±0.15 kPa

0.60 kPa

6E

1–6 kPa±0.30 kPa1.20 kPa*Instrument for upper limit setting cannot be manufactured.
◆If you desire to procure a model with a mounting orientation other than above, such as downward and horizontal mounting and mounting
orientation 135°, let us know in advance because adjustment needs to be made before shipment from the factory.
◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

Opening/closing capability
Contact typeSpecifications

RatingOpening/closing
voltage

Opening/closing
current

Opening/closing
powerSingle-pole normallyopen sealed typeContact configuration: SPST (Single Pole
Single Throw) N.O.
Electric service life: 100,000 times or
moreContact structure: Lead switch

0.1 A–30 V DC

100 V DC(maximum)0.25 A DC(maximum)10 W DC(maximum)！
CautionThe product may malfunction from the influence of the external magnetic field. Install the product at a sufficient distance from the circuit withhigh voltage and large current, apply a magnetism shield as necessary, and use the product after sufficiently checking its operation.

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance48

MS61A-RA

Manostar switch
List ofproducts

WO81

MS61A-RAExternal dimension drawing
MS61A-RA w/built-in lead switch (single-pole normally open sealed type)îĳ0RXQWLQJKROH

WO71

COM.
1

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZZWHUPLQDOFRYHU

FR51A.QREFRYHU
0RXQWLQJ
VFUHZ'LIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH
LQFUHDVHV&RQWDFWFRQILJXUDWLRQ

80

90

２

MS99

N.O.
2

îĳ KROH
RU0WDS

１

1DPH
SODWH
80±0.3

MS99S

QDP33

L

φ5.5

H

MS61A-RA
45
77

44

15

7

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

EMD8A

Mounting orientation and range
EMD7

7KHVZLWFKFDQEHPRXQWHGDWDUELWUDU\DQJOHEHWZHHQKRUL]RQWDODQGXSULJKW)RURWKHUPRXQWLQJRULHQWDWLRQVLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRVSHFLI\WKHRULHQWDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRIRUGHUSODFHPHQW
8SULJKWSODQH

EMT1

10°

EMTGP1

7KHLQVWUXPHQWFDQEHPRXQWHG
RQWKHPRXQWLQJSDQHOLQDQ
DUELWUDU\PDQQHU

%HWZH
HQK
RUL]

90°

5°

LJKW $UELWUDQGXSU
U\P
DOD
RX
RQW

13

2WKHU

EMT1H

180°

0°

EMT6

J
QWLQ

90°

EMP5A

+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

10゜

EMRT1

HWS15A

Overview of structure1

Number3

Accessories
Application

4

Precautions
Maintenance

Name

1

Microswitch2

Diaphragm

3

Cover

4

Housing5

BaseHigh-pressure side baseLow-pressure side base

！
5

49

2

CautionTerminal screw tightening torque: 0.7 to 1.0 N·m
Do not tighten with a greater force than necessary because doing sobreaks the instrument body.

MS61A-RA

Manostar switch
MS61A-RA

List ofproducts

Accessories dedicated to MS61A

RoHS

Knob cover set

WO81

Terminal cover(Auxiliary item)

WO71

FR51A
This is to protect the scale knob for
setting use from inadvertent turning after
setting.
Item number

TCVRA-61

Material

Brass/steel

MS99
Item number

TCA-61A

Material

Polycarbonate

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Configuration of switch contact○ The contact configuration of this instrument is as shown on the right.

COM.
1○ When no differential pressure (pressure) is applied to the instrument, the section

N.O.
2

between COM. (1) and N.O. (2) is open.

Differential
pressure
increases.

○ When the differential pressure increases and reaches the set pressure, the contact isswitched and the section between COM. (1) and N.O. (2) turns to be closed.

EMD8A
Set
pressure
Operatingpressuredifference

Upper limit setting and lower limit settingpressure (pressure) applied to the instrument has increased from zero is referred to as
the set pressure.

Resetpressure

EMT1
Time

Then, the pressure at which the contact has returned to the former state as thedifferential pressure has decreased from the use condition at a pressure greater than the

EMD7(dead band)

Differential
pressure

The pressure at which the electric contact of the switch is triggered as the differential

QDP33

Figure for explanation ofoperating pressure difference

set pressure, and the electric contact has been triggered is referred to as the reset pressure.
The set pressure and reset pressure mentioned above are not the same values, but are slightly different from each other. ThisEMTGP1

EMT1H

difference is referred to as the operating pressure difference (dead band).
This instrument has two variations: one with the scale of setting dial set to the set pressure; and the other with the scale set to

EMT6

the reset pressure.
This instrument with the scale set to the set pressure is referred to as the instrument for upper limit setting, and the instrumentwith the scale set to the reset pressure is referred to as the instrument for lower limit setting.
When the setting pressure is set to 100 Pa in the pressure range of 50 to 300 Pa for example (operating pressure difference isassumed to be 60 Pa)
Scale setting

Setting dial scale adjustment

Contact action

Instrument for upper
limit setting

Adjustment is made by means of
set pressure.

When the differential pressure increases, the section between N.O. (2) andCOM. (1) closes at 100 Pa. Then, when the differential pressure decreases, thesection between N.O. (2) and COM. (1) opens at 40 Pa.

Instrument for lower
limit setting

Adjustment is made by means ofreset pressure.

When the differential pressure increases, the section between N.O. (2) andCOM. (1) closes at 160 Pa. Then, when the differential pressure decreases, thesection between N.O. (2) and COM. (1) opens at 100 Pa.

！
Caution

It is not possible to change from the upper limit setting to the lower limit setting and vice versa.

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance50

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

QDP33

NEW
RoHS

30×30 type digital fine differential pressure sensor• Mounted with our originally developed electrostatic capacity type pressure sensor.
• Industry’s smallest size with a sensor, a display, and output function incorporated
in 30 mm square size.
• Close-contact mounting is possible.
• Employs easily visible large 12-segment LCD.
• Product compliant with UL standard and EU directive.
• An ultra-low pressure range product is newly added to the product lineup.
Product with 0 to 10 Pa range is optimum for room pressure measurement ofclean rooms compliant with the CDC guideline and negative pressure rooms.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

QDP33

EMTGP1

Installation example

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

HWS15A<Main application fields>

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air conditioning control
equipment<Usage>• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

51

Vertical connection

Horizontal connection

EMRT1

Product code

QDP33

Ｎ

Pressure range code

1

D

200

(Example)

Range

Maximum value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

Unit
Analog output
Comparison output◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above
product code.

D
E

Pa

1
4

4–20 mA

N
P

NPN transistor

kPa
1–5 V
PNP transistor

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

QDP33
Analog output

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressuremeasurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Sensor method

Electrostatic capacity typePressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone)

Mounting orientation

Mounting on vertical surface

Operating ambient
temperature

D10, D25, D ± 10, D ± 25: 0°C to 50°C (no freezing
allowed)
Other pressure range codes: 0°C to 60°C (no freezing
allowed)Operating ambient
humidity

35% to 85% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

10 kPa (refer to page 118)

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

10 kPa (refer to page 118)

Display

12-segment LCD (white/red), four digits
Main display
Sub display
12-segment LCD (orange), four digits
Accuracy	D10, D25, D ± 10, and D ± 25: ± 1.5% FS± 1 digit (at 23°C)
Other pressure range codes: ± 1.0% FS ±1 digit (at 23°C)
Temperature characteristics 	± 0.15% FS/°C (zero +span)

Zero adjustment
methodPush-type automatic zero return(The displayed value and analog output are adjusted tozero at the same time.)

Comparison output

Setting method: push-type digital setting
Output display Red LCD × 2
Output type
• QDP33N
Two systems of NPN open collector
Maximum load current: 100 mA or lower (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 1 V DC or lower (at load
current of 100 mA)• QDP33P
Two systems of PNP open collector
Maximum load current: 100 mA or lower (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 2 V DC or lower (at load
current of 100 mA)

Pressure range code
Ｄ 10
Ｄ 25
Ｄ 50
Ｄ 100
Ｄ 200
Ｄ 300
Ｄ 500
Ｄ 1000ＥＥ

12

Ｄ ＋− 10Ｄ ＋− 25
Ｄ ＋− 50
Ｄ ＋−100
Ｄ ＋−200
Ｄ ＋−300
Ｄ ＋−500
Ｄ ＋−1000
Ｅ ＋−1
Ｅ ＋−2

Rating pressure range

LCD display

0–10 Pa
0–25 Pa
0–50 Pa
0–100 Pa
0–200 Pa
0–300 Pa
0–500 Pa
0–1000 Pa

0.00–10.00
0.00–25.00
0.0–50.0
0.0–100.0
0–200
0–300
0–500
0–1000

0–1 kPa
0–2 kPa

0.00–1.00
0.00–2.00−10 to +10 Pa−25 to +25 Pa−50 to +50 Pa−100 to +100 Pa−200 to +200 Pa−300 to +300 Pa−500 to +500 Pa−1000 to +1000 Pa−10.00 to 10.00−25.0 to 25.0
−50.0 to 50.0−100 to 100−200 to 200−300 to 300−500 to 500−1000 to 1000

−1 to +1 kPa−2 to +2 kPa−1.00 to 1.00
−2.00 to 2.00

Accuracy 	Pressure range codes D10, D25, D ± 10, and D ±25: ± 1.5% FS (at 23°C)
Other pressure range codes: ± 1.0% FS (at 23°C)
Temperature characteristics ± 0.15% FS/°C (zero + span)
Output type
• QDP33□1
4 to 20 mA (biased pressure: 0 to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω• QDP33□4
1 to 5 V (biased pressure: 0 to FS, ±: at pressure of −50 to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ or higher

Power voltage

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

Maximum consumption
current

25 mA (at power voltage of 24 V)
Normal modeLow power consumption mode 20 mA (at power voltage of 24 V)*Excluding consumption currents in analog output and comparison
outputInsulation resistance

Between terminal and case 10 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case 500 V AC, 50/60 Hz, for one minute

Installation category
Operating altitude

Standard IEC 60664 level II(However, this product must be connected to the secondary sideof a safety insulation transformer, such as DC switching power.)
Altitude of 2000 m or below

Protection level

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP40

Degree ofcontamination

Standard: IEC 60664 Grade code: 2(If it is not possible to install this product at a dry clean location,
house it in a housing.)

Durable vibration
Durable impact

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three
axial directions)
100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)

Exterior material

PBT and polyamide

Pressure port

M5 internal thread
Metallic barb fitting (already installed on main body)
Applicable tube size: internal diameter of 4 mm
Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “H” and“L” marks, respectively, at pressure port.

Base polarity
Connector

RITS Connector 6P (TE Connectivity)

Mass

Approx. 30 g

Accessories

None (wiring-side connector and mounting parts are soldseparately)Comparison output

Analog output

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A
NPN transistor

4–20 mAoror

PNP transistor

1–5 V◆For use environment, refer to page 118.
Conforming standards
1. EU directive
This product is compliant with the EMC directive of EU.
EMC directive basic requirements Standard No............EN 61326‒1This product in combination with HWS15A-24/A (TDK-Lambda Corporation) is confirmed to be compliant with the EMC directive.
When using this product with other power unit, have the final system go through the EMC test.
2. UL standard
This product is certified as an UL standard recognition part. It is also certified with Canada Standard (C-UL).
However, use this product in accordance with the installation conditions shown in (3) below.
(1) Requirements standard No........................ UL 61010‒1(2) File No.......................................................... E220685(3) Installation condition .................................. As the DC power source to be connected to this product, use the NEC (National Electrical Code)Class 2 power source or LPS (Limited Power Source) power source.

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance52

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

QDP33
External dimension drawing

WO71

FR51A

MS99

32

30

(10)

î0
0RXQWLQJKROH

29

22.6

MS99S

5,76FRQQHFWRU3
(CN1)

9
7 2

30

MS61A-RA

φ4.7

6 5 4 3 2 1

H

L

MODE

QDP33

+LJKSUHVVXUHVLGH
SUHVVXUHSRUW

(1.5)

12

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMT1H

Operation panel

EMT6
Unit
Main display

EMP5A
Sub display

EMRT1

MODE

HWS15AUp keyAccessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

53

Comparison output
2 indication lamp

Comparison output
1 indication lamp

Down key

Mode key/RZSUHVVXUHVLGH
SUHVVXUHSRUW

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

Terminal arrangement drawing

WO81654321

H

WO71

Pin 1: Power + (12 to 24 V DC)
Pin 2: Power − (0 V)
Pin 3: Analog output +Pin 4: Comparison output 1
Pin 5: Comparison output 2
Pin 6: NC (unused terminal)

L

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Connection example
Comparison output: NPN transistor type
QDP33N type

DC power＋ source

CN1 (RITS connector 6P)

12‒24 VPower
circuit0V

Analog output circuit

ANALOGNPN transistor

OUTPUT 1

１
２
３
４
５
６

１
２
３
４
５
６

DC power
source ＋External device

12‒24 V

30V Max.

Common－－０Ｖ
Input ＋

EMD8A
Load

Input －

100mA Max.

QDP33

EMD7

Input

Comparison output 1 circuit

EMT1

NPN transistor

100mA Max.

OUTPUT 2

Input

Comparison output 2 circuit

EMTGP1EX.INPUT

External input circuit

EMT1H
Comparison output: PNP transistor type
External device

QDP33P type12‒24 VPower
circuit
Analog output circuit

0V
ANALOG

External input circuit

12‒24 V

Input ＋－

Input －

EMP5A
Load

Input

EMRT1

Input

HWS15AOUTPUT 1
100mA Max.

PNP transistor
Comparison output 2 circuit

１
２
３
４
５
６

100mA Max.

PNP transistor
Comparison output 1 circuit

１
２
３
４
５
６

EMT6

＋ DC power source

CN1 (RITS connector 6P)

OUTPUT 2
EX.INPUT

CommonAccessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance54

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

QDP33
Panel mounting diagram and panel cutting dimensions
Panel cutting 31 mm

WO71

Rear face panel adapter

FR51A

MS99

MS99S
Panel

MS61A-RA
QDP33

QDP33

Front face panel adapter 31 mm square

EMD8A

EMD7
Front face panel adapter

EMT1

7.2

24.8

Rear face panel adapter

EMTGP150

33.465432 1

34.5

EMT1H

33.4

34.5

H

MODE

L

EMT6
(9.1)

EMRT1

Panel cutting dimensions

For mounting one piece
0.0

31-0.4

When n pieces are installed horizontally

Precautions
Maintenance

55

0.0

55 or more

Application

31-0.40.0

31-0.4

HWS15A

Accessories

When n pieces are installed vertically

31 × n pieces + 3.5 × (n pieces − 1)

55 or more
31 × n pieces + 3.5 × (n pieces − 1)

EMP5A

Mounting plate thickness 1 to 6

0.0

31-0.4

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

Panel mounting diagram and panel cutting dimensions

WO81

Panel cutting 36 mm
Rear face panel adapter

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S
Panel

MS61A-RA

QDP33

QDP33

EMD8A

Front face panel adapter 36 mm square

EMD7
Front face panel adapter

7.2

24.8

Rear face panel adapter

40

EMT1

33.4

EMTGP1

50

33.4

40

65432 1

H

MODE

L

EMT1H

EMT6
(9.1)

Mounting plate thickness 1 to 6

EMP5A

Panel cutting dimensions

EMRT1
For mounting one piece

When n pieces are installed horizontally+0.5

36 0.0

When n pieces are installed vertically

36 0.055 or more

36 × n pieces + 4 × (n pieces − 1)

55 or more

+0.5

36 0.0+0.5

36 × n pieces + 4 × (n pieces − 1)

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance+0.5

36 0.056

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

QDP33
Metallic bracket set for mounting use (separately sold) Installation diagram
Installation direction pattern 1

WO71

21.5

4×

4.2

9.5

FR51A

32

MS99

14.5

(R)

MS99S
Supplied M3 screws
are used.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

(1.5)

15

MODE

EMD7

30

(1.2)

EMD8A

45

30

49

65432 1

Metallic mounting
bracketEMT1

EMTGP1
Installation direction pattern 2
EMT1H
21.5

9.5

4×
(R)

18.7

4.2

EMP5A

14.5

EMT6

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
49654321

15
30

(1.5)

(1.2)

MODE

Maintenance

57

45

Precautions

30

Application

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

Mode changeover (1)WO81
Sub setting mode (SET2-MODE)

Before turning on of power supply

WO71[Turn on power supply]

MODE

FR51A

Output 1 function Sets the operation mode of output 1 function.

<For 100 Pa range>

Hysteresis mode
Window mode

Minimum scale indication(one second)

MS99

MODE

Output 1 mode Sets the output mode of output 1.

Maximum scale indication(one second)

Maximum value indication

Output 1 on-delay time

Protection setting

Holding down
for two seconds
Clearing ofretained value

Sets the off-delay time of output 1 function.

～

Cancellation ofprotection

MODE

Blinks once＋

Holding down for
two seconds

Pressure indication mode＋

Holding down for
two seconds

Upper limit over range indication
Biased pressure range: +110% FS or higher+− range: +60% FS or higher

Normal display

Lower limit over range indication
Biased pressure range: −10% FS or lower+− range: − 60% FS or lower

Display during sleep

MODE

MODE

Sets the on-delay time of output 1 power supply.

～
MODE

When no key has been pressed for 15 seconds,
the mode automatically returns to the pressure
indication mode.
(Excluding sub setting mode and detailed
setting mode)

Measurement pressure indication

MS61A-RA

QDP33

0 to 600 seconds(in units of 1 second)

Output 1 power supply on-delay time

Holding down
for two seconds
Clearing of retained value
MODE

0 to 600 seconds(in units of 1 second)

MODE

Output 1 off-delay time

Alternates between
Set and Cancel

Inversion of main
display colorEverysecondSets the on-delay time of output 1 function.

～

Blinks once

Minimum value indication

MS99S

MODE

Setting value
protection

Zero adjustment

Everysecond

OFF
N.C.
N.O.

EMD8A

0 to 20 minutes(in units of 1 minute)

EMD7

MODE

Output 2 function Sets the operation mode of output 2 function.

MODE

Hysteresis mode
Window mode

Holding down
for two seconds

MODE Holding down

for two seconds

EMT1

MODE

Output 2 mode Sets the output mode of output 2.
OFF
N.C.
N.O.

EMTGP1

MODE

Output 2 on-delay time

Sets the on-delay time of output 2 function.

～

0 to 600 seconds(in units of 1 second)

Holding down for two seconds

EMT1H

MODE

Main setting mode
（ＳＥＴ１－ＭＯＤＥ）

Output 2 off-delay time～

Output 1 function
In window mode

EMT6

0 to 600 seconds(in units of 1 second)

EMP5A

MODE

MODE

Output 1 function
In hysteresis mode

Sets the off-delay time of output 2 function.

Output 2 power supply on-delay time

Sets the output 2 power supply on-delay time.

～

0 to 20 minutes(in units of 1 minute)

EMRT1

MODE
MODE

MODE

Error indication (when an error occurs: when two errors haveoccurred at the same time)
MODE

MODE

Measurement
Measurement
Error code indication
Error code indicationpressure indicationpressure indication

Accessories

Output 2 function
In window mode

Output 2 function
In hysteresis mode

MODE

MODE

After every indication of pressure, the error codes are displayed in order at intervals of one second.

Application

Sub display when the key is held down

Precautions

Explanation of marks
MODE

MODE

HWS15A

MODE

Maintenance

Press the <<Mode>> key.
Press the <<Up>> key.

At the pressure setting points (P1, P2, Hi, and Lo), pressure values are set.
Setting range: Within the pressure range Units: Pa, kPa
P1: Pressure setting point in hysteresis mode
Hi: Upper limit pressure setting point in window modeP2: Hysteresis pressure setting point in hysteresis mode
Lo: Lower limit pressure setting point in window mode＋

Press the <<Down>> key.
Press the indicated keys simultaneously.
Blinking58

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

QDP33
Mode changeover (2)Detailed setting mode (SET3-MODE)

WO71

MODE

FR51A

Sub display
indication setting

Number setting

Set a two-digit number.
MODE

MODE

MODE

MODE

MODE

MODE

MS99

MS99S

Pressure
indication mode

MODE

MODE

Holding down
for fourseconds

MODE

Holding down
for twoseconds

MODE

MODE

Pressing <<Up>> key and <<Down>> key changes the character, and pressing the <<Mode>> key switches the digit. For thecharacters that can be set, refer to the list of setting characters below.
Pressing the <<Mode>> key when the cursor is at the rightmost digit confirms the entered characters, and proceeds to the next mode.

MS61A-RA

List of characters that can be set

QDP33

EMD8A
Indication filter

Sets the average move time of the indication filter.

0.2 seconds
1.0 seconds
2.0 seconds
5.0 seconds
10.0 seconds

Sets the average move time of the output filter.

0.2 seconds
1.0 seconds
2.0 seconds
5.0 seconds
10.0 seconds

EMD7
MODE

Output filter

EMT1
MODE

EMTGP1

Indication low cut Sets the indication low cut value.
0% to 5% FS(in units of 1% FS)
MODE

EMT1H

Output low cut

Sets the output low cut value.
0% to 5% FS(in units of 1% FS)

EMT6

MODE

Main display color

EMP5A

Sets the display color during indication of measured pressure.
White (measured pressure in white, others in red)Red (measured pressure in red, others in white)

MODE

Low power consumption Sets the power consumption mode.

Low consumption OFF
Low consumption ON
Sleeps in three minutes.

EMRT1
MODE

HWS15A

Measurement indication
Sets the symbol inversion for measurement indication value.
symbol inversion
OFF
ON
MODE

Accessories
Application

Precautions

Analog output inversion

Sets inversion of analog output.
OFF
ON

MODE

Test modeEnters the test mode, and sets a simulated pressure value. (Unit: Pa or kPa)
MODE

Maintenance
MODE

Setting clear～
Blinking

Blinking
MODE

Returns the setting value to the initial setting.
NO (does not clear the setting value)
YES (clears the setting value)

MODE

59

Pressure setting range:
biased pressure range −10 to 110% FS+− range −60% to +60% FS

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

Comparison function operation diagrams

WO81

Comparison function
Hysteresis mode: upper limit setting (P1 > P2)

Comparison function
Hysteresis mode: lower limit setting (P1 < P2)$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

3UHVVXUH

33
8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

Ｐ１

WO71

$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

3UHVVXUH

FR51A

Ｐ２

MS99

Ｐ２

33Ｐ１

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ

1RUPDO

7LPH
1RUPDO$EQRUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQＯＦＦ

2XWSXW
PRGH

Ｎ.Ｃ.

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO

7LPH
1RUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))Ｎ.Ｏ.

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))2XWSXW
PRGH

ＯＦＦ
Ｎ.Ｃ.

Ｎ.Ｏ.

MS61A-RA

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

Operation explanation:	Detects an abnormal pressure rise, and activates comparison
output.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will open (OFF)when the applied pressure exceeds the setting value P1, and willclose (ON) when the pressure falls below P2.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

Operation explanation:	Detects an abnormal pressure drop, and activates comparison
output.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will open (OFF)when the applied pressure falls below the setting value P1, andwill close (ON) when the pressure exceeds P2.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

Comparison function
Window mode: internal area (Hi > Lo)

Comparison function
Window mode: external area (Hi < Lo)$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP

3UHVVXUH FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQHi

3UHVVXUH+\VWHUHVLV

％)6

Lo

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ+\VWHUHVLV

MS99S

EMT1

％)6

EMTGP1

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ

Hi

％)6

Lo

％)6

EMT1H

$EQRUPDO

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO

7LPH$EQRUPDO

1RUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ
2XWSXW
PRGH+\VWHUHVLV+\VWHUHVLV

ＯＦＦ

Ｎ.Ｃ. 2SHQ 2))
Ｎ.Ｏ. &ORVH 21$EQRUPDO

7LPH
1RUPDO

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))EMT6

&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ 1RUPDO

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

Operation explanation:	The comparison operation is performed in the range of the set
pressure area from Lo to Hi (window).
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will close (ON)when the applied pressure is within the range (window) and will
open (OFF) when the pressure is out of the range.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

2XWSXW
PRGH

ＯＦＦ

Ｎ.Ｃ. &ORVH 21

Ｎ.Ｏ. 2SHQ 2))

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))
2SHQ 2))
&ORVH 21

Operation explanation:	The comparison operation is performed in the range outside theset pressure area from Hi to Lo.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will close (ON)when the applied pressure is out of the range, and will open (OFF)when the pressure is within the range.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Comparison output delay (On, Off, Power supply on)

Accessories

3RZHUVXSSO\21

5HVXOWRILQWHUQDOFRPSDULVRQApplication
2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21
3RZHU21GHOD\WLPH
WRPLQXWHV

21GHOD\WLPH2))GHOD\WLPH
WRVHFRQGV

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

Operation explanation:	Regardless of the output mode setting (N.C., N.O.), the closeand open (ON and OFF) timings of output transistor are delayedby the set delay time.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

Precautions
Maintenance

21GHOD\WLPH
WRVHFRQGVWRVHFRQGV&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

60

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

FR51A

QDP33
QDP33 accessories

RoHS

RITS 5P cable w/connector
This is a cable with connector used for connection with
QDP33.
In the sheath cable and other constituting parts of thisproduct, vinyl chloride is not intentionally used.
RITS plugs and connectors are products of TE Connectivity.
Item number

Cover color

Core wire
insulation sheath
color

CAB-RITS5-15

Yellow

MS99S！
MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMT1

This product is not UL-certified.

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

61

6KHDWKFDEOH EODFNĳILYHFRUHV（15）1500 +500（50）Core wire sheath outer diameter: 1.0 mm
Standard: AWG#24

RITS plug/connector 5P (TE Connectivity)
This is a wiring side plug/connector used on QDP33.

Cover: yellow

Applicable wiring
Item number

Color

Nominal crosssection area

Finish outer
diameter

1473562-5

Yellow

0.1–0.5 mm2

1.0–1.15 mm！
CautionEMTGP1①②③④⑤

Caution

EMD8A

EMD7

Terminal
number

Brown
Blue
Pink
Black
White

MS99

5,76SOXJFRQQHFWRU3

When crimping of connector is performed, use the dedicated tool (item number: 1729940-1 from TE Connectivity).
For other RITS connectors and details, contact TE Connectivity.

*Cable is not supplied.

QDP33

Manostar digital sensor
QDP33

List ofproducts

QDP33 accessories

RoHS

VT base (Nihon Pisco Co., Ltd.)PT base (Nihon Pisco Co., Ltd.)PR base (Nihon Pisco Co., Ltd.)

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99
Item number

KGAVT-M5

Material

Brass

Item number

KGAPT-M5

Material

Brass, PBT, NBR

Item number

KGAPR-M5

Material

Brass, PBT, NBR

It is possible to connect a vinyl pipe orrubber pipe with an inner diameter of 4mm. This is already installed at the timeof purchase of the instrument.

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube ora tube compliant with JIS B 8381-1. (Outer
diameter of connectable tube: 6 mm)
For mounting, a hex wrench with a width
across flats of 2.5 mm is necessary.

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow
push-in joint. The piping is same as thatfor PT base.
For mounting, a hex wrench with a width
across flats of 3 mm is necessary.

Front face panel adapter 31 mm square

Front face panel adapter 36 mm square

Rear face panel adapter

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

Item number

ADP33-31

Material

Polypropylene

For panel cutting 31×31 mm
When installing the instrument body in apanel, this product is used in combination
with the rear face panel adapter.

Metallic bracket set for mounting use

Item number

ADP33-36

Material

Polypropylene

For panel cutting 36×36 mm
When installing the instrument body in apanel, this product is used in combination
with the rear face panel adapter.

Item number

ADP33-B

Material

Polypropylene

When installing the instrument body in apanel, this product is used in combination
with the front face panel adapter.

Color cap for PT base/PR base (Nihon Pisco Co., Ltd.)
High-pressure side

EMT1

Low-pressure side

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1
Item number

BRKT-QDP

Material

Steel

This is used when installing the instrument
body on a floor surface or ceiling surface.

Item number

KGACAPM6-H

Material

Polyacetal

Item number

KGACAPM6-L

Material

PolyacetalThis helps identify the high-pressure side and low-pressure side and prevents the tube
from being disconnected because of an erroneous operation.

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance62

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD8A
24×48 type digital fine differential pressure sensor

RoHS•	Product compliant with the UL standard and the EU directive
WO71

FR51A

•	Designed with consideration for ease of incorporation into the device, such as
employment of RITS connector and snap-in type panel mounting method•	The displacement sensor employs a high-performance diaphragm and adifferential inductance method.
•	Variation of fourteen ranges in total, including five zero center range types

MS99•	Easily visible 12 mm high red LED display•	Equipped with a variety of functions that include a movement average filter,

MS99S

maximum/minimum value memory, and comparison output•	Sign inversion function convenient for negative pressure measurement (negative

MS61A-RAvalue indication is possible)

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMD8A
EMT1H*The wiring side connector and cable are not supplied. If they arenecessary, use the RITS plug/connector 5P (refer to page 70).

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• Semiconductor manufacturing
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioners• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturingline• General factory management
equipment<Usage>• Measurement of internal pressure ofindoor device• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device• Room pressure measurement in aclean room*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

63

Product code

EMD8A

Ｎ

Pressure range code

1

6

D

100

(Example)

Range

Maximum scale value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

Unit
Connector
Analog output
Comparison output◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify theabove product code.

D
E

Pa

6

6P

1
4

4–20 mA

N
P

NPN transistor

kPa

1–5 V
PNP transistor

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
EMD8A

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

EMD8A
Analog output

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressure measurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Mounting orientation

Mounting on vertical surface

Operating ambient
temperature

0°C to 60°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

35% to 85% RH (no condensation allowed)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

10 kPa (refer to page 118)

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

10 kPa (refer to page 118)

Exterior material

Polycarbonate

Electric signal
conversion method

Variable inductance

Display± 1.5% FS (at 20°C)
Accuracy
Temperature characteristics ± 0.15% FS/°C (zero + span)
Output type
• EMD8A□1
4 to 20 mA (biased pressure: 0 to FS, ±: at pressure of -50%
to +50% FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω• EMD8A□4
1 to 5 V (biased pressure: 0 to FS, ±: at pressure of −50% to+50% FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ or higher

Power voltage

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

Maximum consumption
current• EMD8AN (comparison output: NPN transistor type)
Total consumption: 100 mA (internal consumption only)• EMD8AP (comparison output: PNP transistor type)Internal consumption: 100 mA
Total consumption: 300 mA (including load current forcomparison output of 100 mA × 2)

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case: 10 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case: 500 V AC, 50/60 Hz, for one minute

Installation category

Standard IEC 60664 level II(However, this product must be connected to the secondary sideof a safety insulation transformer such as DC switching power.)

Display section
7-segment LED, red 3-1/2 digits± 1.5% FS ± 1 digit (at 20°C)
Accuracy
Temperature (characteristics) ± 0.15％ FS/°C (zero + span)

Operating altitude

Altitude of 2000 m or below

Protection level

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP40 (front panel)

Zero adjustment
methodPush-type automatic zero return(The displayed value and analog output are adjusted to zeroat the same time.)

Degree ofcontamination

Standard: IEC 60664 Grade: 2(If it is not possible to install this product in a dry clean location,
house it in a housing.)

Comparison output

Setting method
Push-type digital setting
Red LED × 2
Output display
Output type
• EMD8AN
Two systems of NPN open collector
Maximum load current: 100 mA or lower (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 1 V DC or lower (at load
current of 100 mA)• EMD8AP
Two systems of PNP open collector
Maximum load current: 100 mA or lower (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 2 V DC or lower (at load
current of 100 mA)

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz
Amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz	Acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three
axial directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Base polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “HIGH”
and “LOW” marks, respectively, at piping connection base part.

Connector

RITS Connector 6P (TE Connectivity)
For the connector on the wiring side, use the separately soldaccessory (refer to page 70).

Pressure range
code
Ｄ 50
Ｄ 100
Ｄ 200
Ｄ 300
Ｄ 500
Ｄ 1000Ｅ
Ｅ
Ｅ

Rating pressure range
0-50 Pa
0-100 Pa
0-200 Pa
0-300 Pa
0-500 Pa

LED display

0-1000 Pa

0-1000

0-2 kPa
0-5 kPa

Ｄ ＋− 50
Ｄ ＋−100
Ｄ ＋−200−50 to +50 Pa−100 to +100 Pa−200 to +200 Pa−50.0 to 50.0−100 to 100−200 to 200

Ｄ ＋−300
Ｄ ＋−500−300 to +300 Pa−500 to +500 Pa−300 to 300−500 to 500

0-3 kPa

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

Approx. 60 g

Comparison output

Analog output

0.0-50.0
0.0-100.0
0-200
0-300
0-500
0.00-2.00
0.00-3.00
0.00-5.00

2
3
5

Mass

WO81

EMT1H

EMT6
NPN transistor

4–20 mAoror

PNP transistor

1–5 V

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

Conforming standards
1. EU directive
This product is compliant with the EMC directive of EU.
EMC directive basic requirements Standard No...... EN 61326‒1This product in combination with HWS15A-24/A (TDK-Lambda Corporation) is confirmed to be compliant with the EMC
directive.
When using this product with other power unit, have the final system go through the EMC test.
2. UL standard
This product is certified as an UL standard recognition part. It is also certified with Canada Standard (C-UL).
However, use this product in accordance with the installation conditions shown in (3) below.
(1) Requirements standard No.............UL 61010‒1(2) File No..............................................E220685(3) Installation condition .......................As the DC power source to be connected to this product, use NEC (National ElectricalCode) Class 2 power source or LPS (Limited Power Source) power source.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance64

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD8A
External dimension drawing

WO71(72.5)

3.5

57.5

+0.5

45 0.0

6 1& XQXVHGWHUPLQDO
5 &RPSDULVRQRXWSXW
4 &RPSDULVRQRXWSXW
3 $QDORJRXWSXW
2 3RZHUVRXUFHí 9

12

13

MS99S

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

44.5

１２３４５６MS99

22.2 0.0

+0.3

FR51A

69

MS61A-RA
0DQXIDFWXULQJQDPHSODWH

48

1 3RZHUVRXUFH WR9'&

QDP33
２

ENT

EMD7

φ4.5

MODE

0RXQWLQJSODWHWKLFNQHVVWRPP

7.4

24

EMD8A

22

１

ＨＩＧＨ ＬＯＷ+LJKSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

5,76FRQQHFWRU3
&1

EMT1

EMTGP1

Overview of structure

EMT1H
6

5

7

10

11

12

13

EMT6
8

EMP5A

EMRT1

9

/RZSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

HWS15A
4

1

2

3

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance+LJKSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

65

Number

Name

1

Case

2

Base

3

Main frame

4

Diaphragm

5

Coil bobbin

6

Core

7

Plate spring

8

Display board

9

Display film

10

Cover

11

Main board

12

Connector board

13

Connector

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
EMD8A

List ofproducts

Operation panel

WO81&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWLQGLFDWLRQ
UHG/('

3UHVVXUHPRGHGLVSOD\
GLJLWVHJPHQW/('

１

WO71

２

&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWLQGLFDWLRQ
UHG/('MODE

ENT

(QWHU!!NH\
6HWVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH
3UHVVLQJWKLVNH\FDXVHVWKHLQGLFDWLRQWREOLQNWZLFHWRLQIRUPRIUHJLVWUDWLRQ0RGH!!NH\
8VHGWRVZLWFKWKHPRGH

'RZQ!!NH\
8VHGWRGHFUHDVHWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH

3UHVVLQJ8S!!'RZQ!!NH\RQFHFKDQJHVWKHYDOXHE\RQHDQGKROGLQJGRZQWKHNH\FRQWLQXRXVO\FKDQJHVWKHYDOXH8S!!NH\
8VHGWRLQFUHDVHWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

▼
▼
▼

Functions of EMD8A▲

Analog output function▲

Display function

EMD8A●Pressure indication●Analog output (4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V)

Easily visible 12 mm high seven-segment red LED display●Push type automatic zero reset
Zero-resets the pressure indication and analog output at thesame time.
●Movement average filter (for indication use)
When the measured pressure greatly fluctuates, this function
increases the response time to alleviate the fluctuation of
display value.
Memorizes and displays the maximum pressure and minimumpressure during measurement.

▲

Comparison output function (NPN or PNP transistor
output)●Equipped with two systems of the exact same function, each ofwhich operates independently.

When the measured pressure greatly fluctuates, this function
increases the response time to alleviate the fluctuation of analog
output.

Other functions▲●Maximum value/minimum value memory function

This function performs zero setting and movement averagefilter processing of a digital pressure measurement value, andthen performs D/A conversion of the value and outputs it as ananalog value.
●Movement average filter (for output use)

It is possible to check the setting value and operation without
applying pressure.
When the measurement pressure is near zero, the pressure
indication can be forcefully set to zero.

maximum/minimum indication mode are displayed with their

1. Comparison mode (hysteresis mode or window mode)

Under normal conditions, when the differential pressure being
measured rises, the analog output value also rises. However,

3. Output mode (OFF, N.O., N.C.)

turning on the analog output inversion function makes an

6. Power supply on-delay time

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

symbols inverted.
●Analog output inversion function

2. Comparison pressure setting point

5. Output off-delay time

EMT1H

●Measurement indication symbol inversion function
The indication values in the pressure indication mode and4. Output on-delay time

EMTGP1●Display low cut function

each system.)
this instrument for various applications.

EMT1●Test mode function(Transistor output and output monitor red LED are equipped for●By changing the following parameter settings, it is possible to use

EMD7

opposite action.
●Low power consumption function
Reduces the power consumption by decreasing the LED display
brightness.
●Setting protection function

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceProtects setting values in various setting modes from erroneous
operation and others.
●Setting clear function
This function can revert the setting values in all setting modes
to the factory default state.

66

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD8A
WiringComparison output: NPN transistor type (when photocoupler is to be connected)

WO71(0'$1□W\SH'&SRZHU＋ VRXUFH
12‒24 V&1 5,76FRQQHFWRU3

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

12‒24 V

3RZHUFLUFXLW

0V$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLWANALOG

131WUDQVLVWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFLUFXLWOUTPUT 1

131WUDQVLVWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFLUFXLWOUTPUT 2

１
２
３
４
５
NC ６

１
２
３
４
５
６

−

([WHUQDOGHYLFH'&SRZHUVRXUFH ＋
30V Max.

&RPPRQ０Ｖ−,QSXW＋/RDG,QSXW−

100mA Max.

,QSXW

100mA Max.

,QSXW

MS61A-RA
Comparison output: PNP transistor type (when photocoupler is to be connected)(0'$3□W\SH

QDP33([WHUQDOGHYLFH&1 5,76FRQQHFWRU3

EMD8A

EMD7

12‒24 V

3RZHUFLUFXLW

0V$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLW
313WUDQVLVWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFLUFXLW

NC

１
２
３
４
５
６

−

12‒24 V

100mA Max.

,QSXW

100mA Max.

,QSXWOUTPUT 2

EMTGP1

Functional block diagram

EMT6/('GLVSOD\
0RYHPHQWDYHUDJHIRUGLVSOD\

EMP5A$PSOLILHU
3UHVVXUH
VHQVRU$'
FRQYHUVLRQ

0HDVXUHPHQWYDOXHSURFHVVLQJ]HURFRPSHQVDWLRQ

0RYHPHQWDYHUDJHIRU
RXWSXW

EMRT1$QDORJRXWSXW'$
FRQYHUVLRQP$9
2XWSXWFLUFXLW

HWS15A
2XWSXWIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJYDOXH+<6:LQ

Accessories

2XWSXWSUHVVXUH
VHWWLQJYDOXH
33+L/R

Application

2XWSXWGHOD\VHWWLQJYDOXHRQR)G3

Precautions
2XWSXWIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJYDOXH+<6:LQ
2XWSXWSUHVVXUH
VHWWLQJYDOXH
33+L/R
2XWSXWGHOD\VHWWLQJYDOXHRQR)G3

67/RDG&RPPRQ

313WUDQVLVWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFLUFXLW

Maintenance,QSXW＋,QSXW−OUTPUT 1

EMT1

EMT1H

ANALOG＋ '&SRZHUVRXUFH
１
２
３
４
５
６

2XWSXW
FRPSDULVRQ
21GHOD\2))GHOD\
3RZHU21GHOD\

2XWSXW
FRPSDULVRQUHVXOW&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW/('GLVSOD\
OFF
N.C.
N.O.

,QYHUVLRQ

2XWSXW
FRPSDULVRQ
21GHOD\2))GHOD\
3RZHU21GHOD\

2XWSXW
FRPSDULVRQUHVXOW

2XWSXW
2XWSXWPRGH

2XWSXWFLUFXLW&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW131313
RSHQFROOHFWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW/('GLVSOD\
OFF
N.C.
N.O.

,QYHUVLRQ

2XWSXW
2XWSXWPRGH

2XWSXWFLUFXLW
131313
RSHQFROOHFWRU&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
EMD8A

List ofproducts

Mode changeover

WO81=HURDGMXVWPHQW

0D[LPXPYDOXHPLQLPXPYDOXHLQGLFDWLRQ
0D[LPXPYDOXHLQGLFDWLRQ(YHU\VHFRQG%OLQNVWZLFH&OHDULQJRIUHWDLQHGYDOXH

6HWWLQJYDOXHSURWHFWLRQ

2XWSXWIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJ

3URWHFWLRQVHWWLQJ

6HOHFWVWKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ+\VWHUHVLVPRGH:LQGRZPRGH$OWHUQDWHVEHWZHHQ
6HWDQG&DQFHO

0LQLPXPYDOXHLQGLFDWLRQ

6XEVHWWLQJPRGH

2XWSXWRXWSXWPRGHVHWWLQJ

6HOHFWVWKHRXWSXWPRGHRIRXWSXW
N.C.

N.O.
OFF

&DQFHOODWLRQRISURWHFWLRQ(YHU\VHFRQG2XWSXWRQGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ＋+ROGGRZQ2XWSXWRIIGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ

0HDVXUHPHQWSUHVVXUH
LQGLFDWLRQ

2XWSXWSRZHUVXSSO\RQGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ:KHQQRNH\KDVEHHQ
SUHVVHGIRUVHFRQGVWKHPRGHDXWRPDWLFDOO\
8SSHUOLPLWRYHUUDQJHLQGLFDWLRQUHWXUQVWRWKHSUHVVXUH%LDVHGSUHVVXUHUDQJHLQGLFDWLRQPRGH
)6RUKLJKHU
í5DQJH)6RUPRUH
H[FOXGLQJWKDWGXUDWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWRYHUUDQJHLQGLFDWLRQ ZLWKRXWSUHVVLQJRINH\DWWKHWLPHRIVWDQGE\%LDVHGSUHVVXUHUDQJHí)6RUORZHU
IRUHQWU\E\8S'RZQíUDQJHí)6RUORZHU NH\LQVXEVHWWLQJPRGH 

3UHVVXUHLQGLFDWLRQ
PRGH

+ROG
GRZQ

+ROG
GRZQ

2XWSXWIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJ

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33+\VWHUHVLVPRGH:LQGRZPRGH
2XWSXWRXWSXWPRGHVHWWLQJ

6HOHFWVWKHRXWSXWPRGHRIRXWSXW

EMD8A

N.C.

N.O.

OFF
2XWSXWRQGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ

2XWSXW
IXQFWLRQLQZLQGRZPRGH

2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ 2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ
SRLQW3VHWWLQJ
SRLQW/RVHWWLQJ'LVSOD\ILOWHUVHWWLQJ：3UHVVWKH8S!!NH\：3UHVVWKH'RZQ!!NH\
2XWSXW
2XWSXW
IXQFWLRQLQ
IXQFWLRQLQ
K\VWHUHVLVZLQGRZPRGH
PRGH
2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ 2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ
SRLQW3VHWWLQJ
SRLQW+LVHWWLQJ

2XWSXWILOWHUVHWWLQJ

2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ 2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ
SRLQW3VHWWLQJ
SRLQW/RVHWWLQJ
0HDVXUHPHQWLQGLFDWLRQV\PEROLQYHUVLRQVHWWLQJ

EMTGP1WRPLQXWHV
LQXQLWVRIPLQXWH

EMT1H

6HOHFWVWKHGLVSOD\ILOWHUVHFRQGVVHFRQGVVHFRQGVVHFRQGV
6HOHFWVWKHRXWSXWILOWHUVHFRQGVVHFRQGVVHFRQGVVHFRQGV
6HWVWKHLQGLFDWLRQORZFXWYDOXH〜'LVSOD\ORZFXWVHWWLQJ

WRVHFRQGVLQXQLWVRIVHFRQGV

6HWVWKHRXWSXWSRZHUVXSSO\RQGHOD\WLPH

〜2XWSXWSRZHUVXSSO\RQGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ([SODQDWLRQRIPDUNVWRVHFRQGVLQXQLWVRIVHFRQGV

6HWVWKHRIIGHOD\WLPHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ 2XWSXWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJ
SRLQW3VHWWLQJ
SRLQW+LVHWWLQJ：3UHVVWKH0RGH!!NH\

EMD7

EMT1
2XWSXWRIIGHOD\WLPHVHWWLQJ〜

2XWSXW
IXQFWLRQLQ
K\VWHUHVLV
PRGH

6HWVWKHRQGHOD\WLPHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ〜

0DLQVHWWLQJPRGH：3UHVVWKH(17!!NH\WRPLQXWHV
LQXQLWVRIPLQXWH

6HOHFWVWKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ+ROGGRZQ+ROGGRZQ3UHVVFRQWLQXRXVO\IRUVHFRQGVRUPRUH

WRVHFRQGVLQXQLWVRIVHFRQGV

6HWVWKHRXWSXWSRZHUVXSSO\RQGHOD\WLPH

〜1RUPDOGLVSOD\

WRVHFRQGVLQXQLWVRIVHFRQGV

6HWVWKHRIIGHOD\WLPHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ〜＋+ROGGRZQFR51A

6HWVWKHRQGHOD\WLPHRIRXWSXWIXQFWLRQ〜&OHDULQJRIUHWDLQHGYDOXHWO71

WR)6 LQXQLWVRI)6

6HWVWKHV\PEROLQYHUVLRQIRU
PHDVXUHPHQWLQGLFDWLRQYDOXH
6\PEROLQYHUVLRQ

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

1RUPDO$WWKHSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJSRLQWV 33+LDQG/R 
SUHVVXUHYDOXHVDUHVHW
6HWWLQJUDQJH:LWKLQWKHSUHVVXUHUDQJH 8QLW3DN3D
33UHVVXUHVHWWLQJSRLQWLQK\VWHUHVLVPRGH
3+\VWHUHVLVSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJSRLQWLQK\VWHUHVLVPRGH+L8SSHUOLPLWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJSRLQWLQZLQGRZPRGH/R/RZHUOLPLWSUHVVXUHVHWWLQJSRLQWLQZLQGRZPRGH$QDORJRXWSXWLQYHUVLRQVHWWLQJ

6HWVLQYHUVLRQRIDQDORJRXWSXW2XWSXWLQYHUVLRQ/RZSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQVHWWLQJ

6HOHFWVWKHSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQPRGH
/RZSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQPRGH
1RUPDOSRZHUPRGH

ZKHQHUURURFFXUV:KHQWZRHUURUVKDYHRFFXUUHG
(UURUGLVSOD\ DWWKHVDPHWLPH
0HDVXUHPHQWSUHVVXUH
LQGLFDWLRQ(UURUFRGHLQGLFDWLRQ

0HDVXUHPHQWSUHVVXUH
LQGLFDWLRQAccessories

1RUPDO

7HVWPRGHVHWWLQJ(UURUFRGHLQGLFDWLRQ
6HWWLQJFOHDU(QWHUVWKHWHVWPRGHDQGVHWVDVLPXODWHGSUHVVXUHYDOXH
3UHVVXUHVHWWLQJUDQJHELDVHG
SUHVVXUHUDQJHíWR)6íUDQJHíWR)6
8QLW3DN3D

Application

Precautions
Maintenance

7KLVIXQFWLRQUHYHUWVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH
WRWKHIDFWRU\GHIDXOW'RHVQRWFOHDUWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH&OHDUVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH

$IWHUHYHU\LQGLFDWLRQRISUHVVXUHWKHHUURUFRGHVDUHDXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG
LQRUGHUDWLQWHUYDOVRIRQHVHFRQG

68

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD8A
Comparison function operation diagrams
Comparison function
Hysteresis mode: upper limit setting (P1 > P2)

WO71$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

3UHVVXUH$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

3UHVVXUH

33
8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

Ｐ１

FR51A

Comparison function
Hysteresis mode: lower limit setting (P1 < P2)

Ｐ２

MS99

Ｐ２

33

Ｐ１

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

1RUPDO

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ

7LPH
1RUPDO$EQRUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQＯＦＦ

2XWSXW
PRGH

Ｎ.Ｃ.

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO

7LPH
1RUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))

2XWSXW
PRGH

ＯＦＦ
Ｎ.Ｃ.

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))

2SHQ 2))
&ORVH 21&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))
2SHQ 2))Ｎ.Ｏ.
&ORVH 21
Operation explanation:	Detects an abnormal pressure rise, and activates a comparison
output.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will open (OFF)when the applied pressure exceeds the setting value P1, and willclose (ON) when the pressure falls below P2.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

2SHQ 2))
2SHQ 2))
&ORVH 21
Operation explanation:	Detects an abnormal pressure drop, and activates comparison
output.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will open (OFF)when the applied pressure falls below the setting value P1, andwill close (ON) when the pressure exceeds P2.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

Comparison function
Window mode: internal area (Hi > Lo)

Comparison function
Window mode: external area (Hi < Lo)$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP

3UHVVXUH FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ

EMT1

Hi

+\VWHUHVLV

Lo

％)6

&ORVH 21

Ｎ.Ｏ.

3UHVVXUH

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ+\VWHUHVLV

％)6

Lo

％)6

Hi

+\VWHUHVLVEMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ$EQRUPDO

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO

7LPH$EQRUPDO

1RUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ
2XWSXW
PRGH

ＯＦＦ

Ｎ.Ｃ. 2SHQ 2))
Ｎ.Ｏ. &ORVH 21&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

HWS15A

Accessories

Comparison output delay (On, Off, Power supply on)

Application

Precautions
Maintenance$EQRUPDO

7LPH
1RUPDO

1RUPDO$EQRUPDO

2XWSXW
PRGH

ＯＦＦ

Ｎ.Ｃ. &ORVH 21

Ｎ.Ｏ. 2SHQ 2))&ORVH 21
2SHQ 2))

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))
2SHQ 2))
&ORVH 21

Operation explanation:	The comparison operation is performed in the range outside theset pressure area from Hi to Lo.
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will close (ON)when the applied pressure is out of the range and will open (OFF)when the pressure is within the range.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

3RZHUVXSSO\RQ

5HVXOWRILQWHUQDOFRPSDULVRQ&ORVH 21

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 212))GHOD\WLPH
WRVHFRQGV

21GHOD\WLPH

3RZHU21GHOD\WLPH
WRPLQXWHV
21GHOD\WLPH
WRVHFRQGV&RPSDULVRQRXWSXW69

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ 1RUPDO&RPSDULVRQRXWSXWFRQGLWLRQ

1RUPDOO\RSHQ 2))

Operation explanation:	The comparison operation is performed in the range of the set
pressure area from Lo to Hi (window).
When the output mode is set to N.C., the output will close (ON)when the applied pressure is within the range (window) and will
open (OFF) when the pressure is out of the range.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

EMRT1

％)6

+\VWHUHVLV

2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

WRVHFRQGV
2SHQ 2))

&ORVH 21

Operation explanation:	Regardless of the output mode setting (N.C., N.O.), the closeand open (ON and OFF) timings of output transistor are delayedby the set delay time.
Power on-delay timer:	During the operation of the timer, the comparison output will
forcefully open (OFF).

EMD8A

Manostar digital sensor
EMD8A

List ofproducts

EMD8A accessories

RoHS

WO81

RITS 5P cable w/connector
This is a cable with connector used for connection with
EMD8A.
In the sheath cable and other constituting parts of thisproduct, vinyl chloride is not intentionally used.
RITS plugs and connectors are products of TE Connectivity.
Item number

CAB-RITS5-15！
CautionCover color

Core wire insulation
sheath color

Terminal
numberYellow

Brown
Blue
Pink
Black
White

①
②
③
④
⑤

This product is not UL-certified.

WO71
5,76SOXJFRQQHFWRU3FR51A
6KHDWKFDEOH EODFNĳILYHFRUHV

MS99
（15）

1500 +50

（50）

0

MS99S
Core wire sheath outer diameter: 1.0 mm
Standard: AWG#24

MS61A-RARITS plug/connector 5P (TE Connectivity)
Cover: yellow

This is a wiring side plug/connector used on EMD8A.

EMD8A

Applicable wiring
Item number

Color

Nominal crosssection area

Finish outer
diameter

1473562-5

Yellow

0.1–0.5 mm 2

1.0–1.15 mm！
Caution*Cable is not supplied.

When crimping of the connector is performed, use the dedicated tool (item number: 1729940-1 from TE Connectivity).
For other RITS connectors and details, contact TE Connectivity.

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1Connectability of the RITS connector(0'$PDLQERG\3!

QDP33

○
×

…
…

&RQQHFWDEOH
1RQFRQQHFWDEOH 5,76SOXJFRQQHFWRU3!

EMT1H,WHPQXPEHU

○

EMT6

:LWKRXWFRQWDFWSLQ

EMP5A

○

EMRT1

(0'PDLQERG\3!
○'LVFRQWLQXHGSURGXFW

5,76SOXJFRQQHFWRU3!

HWS15A

Accessories
×&RQWDFWKROHLVVHDOHG
ZLWKUHVLQ:LWKFRQWDFWSLQ

Application

Precautions
Maintenance！
CautionAs the connector on the wiring side, be sure to use the RITS plug/connector from TE Connectivity.
As the RITS connector is not compliant with e-CON, it is not compatible with connectors from other manufacturers.

70

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD7
48×48 type digital fine differential pressure sensor

RoHS• Selectable from eight ranges including 0 to 100 Pa and 0 to 5 kPa
WO71

FR51A

• It is possible to select analog output function in the range of 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 V.
• It is possible to select the alarm output type from NPN open collector or PNP open
collector.
• Compatible with 12 to 24 V DC power source• Equipped with abundant additional functions for differential pressure measurement

MS99

including movement average filter, maximum/minimum value memory, and delay
timer

MS99S

• It is possible to set the alarm function mode in accordance with the usage.
• Product compliant with the EU directive and UL standard

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMD7D3

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>• Part of semiconductor
manufacturing equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioners• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturingline• General factory management
equipment<Usage>• Measurement of internal pressure ofindoor device• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device• Room pressure measurement in aclean room*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

71

Product code

EMD7

D3

Pressure range code

N

1

D

100

(Example)

Range
Unit
Analog output
Alarm output
Power source

Maximum value

D
E

Pa

1
4

4–20 mA

N
P

NPN transistor

D3

12–24 V DC

◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.

kPa
1–5 V
PNP transistor

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
EMD7

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

WO81

EMD7D3
Alarm output

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressure measurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Electric signal
conversion method

Variable inductance

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Mounting orientation

Mounting on vertical surface

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

20 kPa (refer to page 118)

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

20 kPa (refer to page 118)

Operating ambient
temperature

0°C to 50°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

35% to 85% RH (no condensation allowed)

Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm; however, theouter diameter must be 6 mm or lower)

Base polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “H”
and “L” marks, respectively, at piping connection base part.

Display

Display section	Seven-segment LED, four red digits
Pressure indication/alarm setting indication,
three digits at maximum(The highest digit indicates the mode.)
Accuracy	± 1.5% FS ± 1 digit (at 20°C)
Temperature characteristics	± 0.15% FS/°C (zero + span)

Zero adjustment
methodPush-type automatic zero return(The displayed value and analog output are adjusted to zero at
the same time.)

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case
10 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Withstand voltage

Between terminal and case
500 V AC, 50/60 Hz, for one minute

Exterior material

ABS resin (color: ivory)

Operating altitude

Altitude of 2000 m or below

Protection level

Standard: IEC 60529 Grade code: IP41

Degree ofcontamination

Standard: IEC 60664 Grade: 2(If it is not possible to install this product in a dry clean location,
house it in a housing.)

Accessories

Adapter for panel mounting, terminal cover (already mounted on instrument body)

Output type• EMD7D3N
NPN open collector
One each for upper limit and lower limit
Maximum load current: 100 mA (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 1 V DC or lower• EMD7D3P
PNP open collector
One each for upper limit and lower limit
Maximum load current: 100 mA (per output)
Maximum load voltage: 30 V DC or lower
Output saturated voltage: 2 V DC or lower
Setting range
Upper limit: 0 to 100% FS
Lower limit: 0 to 100% FS
Hysteresis width can be set in the range of 1 to 5% FS.
Push-type digital setting
Setting method
Output display
Red LED × 2

Analog output

Output type• EMD7D3□1
4 to 20 mA (at pressure of 0 to FS)
Load resistance: 0 to 250 Ω• EMD7D3□4
1 to 5 V (at pressure of 0 to FS)
Load resistance: 10 kΩ or higher
Accuracy± 1.5% FS (at 20°C)
Temperature characteristics± 0.15% FS/°C (zero + span)

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33
Maximum consumption
current• EMD7D3N (alarm output: NPN transistor type)
Total consumption: 100 mA (internal consumption only)• EMD7D3P (alarm output: PNP transistor type)Internal consumption: 100 mA
Total consumption: 300 mA (including load current for alarm
output of 100 mA × 2)

Power voltage

12 to 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 10% or below)

Mass

Approx. 130 g (including terminal cover and adapter for panel
mounting)

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three axial
directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1Pressure range
code

Pressure range

LED display

Ｄ 100

0-100 Pa

0-100

Ｄ 200

0-200 Pa

0-200

Ｄ 300

0-300 Pa

0-300

Ｄ 500

0-500 Pa

0-500

Ｅ

1

0-1 kPa

0.00-1.00Ｅ

2

0-2 kPa

0.00-2.00

Ｅ

30-3 kPa

0.00-3.00

Ｅ5

0-5 kPa

0.00-5.00

EMT1H

Alarm output

EMT6
Analog output

EMP5A

NPN transistor

4–20 mAoror

PNP transistor

1–5 V◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.
Conforming standards
1. EU directive
This product is compliant with the EMC directive of EU.
EMC directive basic requirements Standard No.
(1) EMI (electromagnetic emission) standard.................EN 61000‒6‒3(2) EMS (electromagnetic immunity) standard...............EN 61000‒6‒2
2. UL standard
This product is certified as an UL standard recognition part. It is also certified with Canada Standard (C-UL). However, use this productin accordance with the installation conditions shown in (3) below.
(1) Requirements standard No.................. UL 61010‒1(2) File No................................................... E220685(3) Installation condition............................. As the DC power source to be connected to this product, use NEC (National Electrical Code)Class 2 power source.

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

72

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD7
External dimension drawing
70
0RXQWLQJSDQHODSSOLFDEOHSODWHWKLFNQHVVPPWRPP

7HUPLQDOFRYHU

58$GDSWHUIRUSDQHOPRXQWLQJ

ALARM

MS99

LO

HI

MS61A-RA

7.5

MS99S

48

1

Pa

2

L

+0.6

45 0.03DQHOFXWWLQJ

20

53
61

0DQXIDFWXULQJQXPEHUEDUFRGHODEHO

φ5.5

QDP33

5

H

3DQHOOLGFORVHG
2SHQDEOHSDQHOOLG

4

+0.6

48

45 0.0FR51A$WWDFKPHQWRIQDPHSODWH$GDSWHUIRUSDQHOPRXQWLQJ
FDQEHLQVWDOOHGLQ
DQ\RULHQWDWLRQ48$GDSWHUIRUSDQHOPRXQWLQJ

WO71

(3)

59

8

φ9

EMD8A

EMD7

(8)

4.5

12.5
'HWDLOVRIEDVHSDUW&URVVVHFWLRQGUDZLQJ

EMT1EMTGP1

Terminal arrangement drawing
Terminal (1) Power + (12 to 24 V DC)
Terminal (2) Power − (0 V)
Terminal (3) Alarm output common/analog output negative side
Terminal (4) Lower limit alarm output
Terminal (5) Upper limit alarm output
Terminal (6) Analog output positive side◆Terminal (3) is a shared terminal for alarm output common andanalog output negative side.

EMT1H
7

Ｍ7HUPLQDOVFUHZ

4

EMT6

1

2

3
6

Ｈ

EMRT1

4

5

φ 3.8

RUORZHU

4.5

EMP5A

Ｌ
7HUPLQDOQXPEHU！

HWS15A

CautionAccessories
Application

Accessories dedicated to EMD7
Terminal coverPrecautions

Terminal screw tightening torque: 0.7 to 1.0 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the instrument body.

RoHS

Adapter for panel mounting(Auxiliary item)(Auxiliary item)

MaintenanceThis is already installed at the time of purchase of the
instrument.

Item number

TCA-D773

Material

Polycarbonate

Item number

ADPＡ-EMD7

Applicable crimping
terminal

Material

Polyacetal/steel

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
EMD7

List ofproducts

Operation panel

WO81
8SSHUOLPLWDODUPODPS
UHG/('/RZHUOLPLWDODUPODPS
UHG/('
ＬＯ

0RGH!!NH\
8VHGWRVZLWFKWKHPRGH

ＡＬＡＲＭ

3UHVVXUHPRGHGLVSOD\
GLJLWVHJPHQW/('ＨＩ

(QWHU!!NH\
6HWVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH
3UHVVLQJWKLVNH\FDXVHVWKHLQGLFDWLRQWREOLQNWZLFHWRLQIRUPWKHRSHUDWRURIUHJLVWUDWLRQ

Ｐａ

ＥＮＴ

ＭＯＤＥ

WO71

FR51A

MS99
4XLFNPDQXDO
3UHVVLQJ8S!!'RZQ!!NH\RQFHFKDQJHVWKHYDOXHE\RQHDQGKROGLQJGRZQWKHNH\FRQWLQXRXVO\FKDQJHVWKHYDOXHｊｕｓt
ＤＩＳＰＬＡＹ ＣＨＡＲＡＣＴＥＲ Ｏ． ＺＥＲＯ Ａｄ
Ｈ. (Ｈ) Alarm Point Ｌ. (Ｌ) Alarm Point
ＨＨ. (Ｈ) Hysteresis ＬＨ. (Ｌ) Hysteresis
Ｈｏ. (Ｈ) Output Mode Ｌｏ. (Ｌ) Output Mode

'RZQ!!NH\
8VHGWRGHFUHDVHWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH

MS99S
8S!!NH\
8VHGWRLQFUHDVHWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLQHDFKPRGH

3DQHOFRYHU

MS61A-RA

Mode changeover
7KHYDOXHLQGLFDWHGLVDPHDVXUHGSUHVVXUHYDOXHRUDFXUUHQWO\VHWVHWWLQJYDOXHGHSHQGLQJ
RQWKHVHOHFWHGPRGH

7XUQRQSRZHUVXSSO\

6XEPRGH
0D[LPXPYDOXHPHPRU\LQGLFDWLRQPRGH

3UHVVXUHLQGLFDWLRQ
PRGH$ODUPIXQFWLRQVHWWLQJPRGH

0LQLPXPYDOXHPHPRU\LQGLFDWLRQPRGH

VHFRQGV
ODWHU
3UHVVXUHLQGLFDWLRQ
PRGH

8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLVVHWWLQJPRGH'LVSOD\VWKH
PHDVXUHGSUHVVXUH'LVSOD\VDQGUHVHWVWKH
PLQLPXPYDOXHPHPRU\
3UHVVLQJWKH(17!!NH\UHVHWVWKHYDOXH
8QLWSUHVVXUHYDOXH

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXWVHWWLQJPRGH'LVSOD\VDQGUHVHWVWKH
PD[LPXPYDOXHPHPRU\
3UHVVLQJWKH(17!!NH\UHVHWVWKHYDOXH
=HURDGMXVWPHQWPRGH
8QLWSUHVVXUHYDOXH/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLVVHWWLQJPRGH([SODQDWLRQRIPDUNV3UHVVWKH0RGH!!NH\/RZHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXWVHWWLQJPRGH

3UHVVWKH8S!!NH\
3UHVVWKH'RZQ!!NH\
3UHVVWKH(17!!NH\
3UHVVWKH0RGH!!NH\ZKLOHKROGLQJGRZQWKH(17!!NH\

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPYDOXHVHWWLQJPRGH:KHQDQHUURURFFXUV

6HWVWKHXSSHU
OLPLWDODUPYDOXH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR)6
8QLW3DN3D

3UHVVXUHLQGLFDWLRQPRGH

'LVSOD\ILOWHUVHWWLQJPRGH

2XWSXWILOWHUVHWWLQJPRGH:KHQWKHUHDUHPXOWLSOHHUURUV(UURUGLVSOD\PRGH:KHQWKHODVWHUURULVGLVSOD\HG,QGLFDWLRQ
EOLQNV/RZHUOLPLWDODUPYDOXHVHWWLQJPRGH

6HWVWKHORZHUOLPLWDODUPYDOXH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR)6
8QLW3DN3D'HOD\WLPHUVHWWLQJPRGH

6HWWLQJFOHDUPRGH

6HOHFWVWKHRSHUDWLRQPRGH
RIWKHDODUPIXQFWLRQ8SSHUORZHUOLPLWLQGLYLGXDOGHWHFWLRQ1RUPDODEQRUPDOSUHVVXUHGHWHFWLRQ
8SSHUOLPLWDODUPWZRVWHSGHWHFWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWDODUPWZRVWHSGHWHFWLRQ
6LPSOLILHGFRQWURO'HWHUPLQHVWKHYDOXHIRUWKHK\VWHUHVLVZLGWK GLIIHUHQWLDOJDS RIWKHXSSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW6HWWLQJUDQJHWR)6
8QLW)6
6HOHFWVWKHRXWSXWPRGH
RIWKHXSSHUOLPLWDODUP
2XWSXWRII,QYHUVLRQRXWSXW1RQLQYHUVLRQRXWSXW'HWHUPLQHVWKHYDOXHRIWKHK\VWHUHVLVZLGWK GLIIHUHQWLDOJDS RIORZHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW6HWWLQJUDQJHWR)6
8QLW)6
6HOHFWVWKHRXWSXWPRGH
RIWKHORZHUOLPLWDODUP
2XWSXWRII,QYHUVLRQRXWSXW1RQLQYHUVLRQRXWSXW
6HWVWKHDYHUDJHQXPEHURIWLPHV
RIPRYHPHQWLQWKHSUHVVXUHLQGLFDWLRQ+LJKVSHHG WLPHVV6WDQGDUG WLPHVV/RZVSHHG WLPHVV/RZVSHHG WLPHVV
6HWVWKHDYHUDJHQXPEHURIWLPHV
RIPRYHPHQWLQDODUPGHWHFWLRQ+LJKVSHHG WLPHVV6WDQGDUG WLPHVV/RZVSHHG WLPHVV/RZVSHHG WLPHVV
6HWVWKHORZHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXWSURKLELWLRQ
WLPHLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWXUQLQJRQWKHSRZHU
6HWWLQJUDQJHWRPLQXWHV
8QLWPLQXWH

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

7KLVIXQFWLRQUHYHUWVWKHPRGHVHWWLQJYDOXHVWRWKHIDFWRU\GHIDXOW3UHVVLQJWKH(17!!NH\FOHDUVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH

5HWXUQVWRSUHVVXUH
LQGLFDWLRQPRGH

74

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
List ofproducts

WO81

EMD7
WiringWhen connecting relays

ＥＭＤ７Ｄ３Ｎ

12‒24 V

WO71

3RZHUFLUFXLW

FR51A$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLW

MS99

MS99S

１

0V ２

([WHUQDOGHYLFH'&SRZHU
VRXUFHANALOG＋ ６,QSXW＋ALARM LO ４
NPN Tr
ALARM
COM ３/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLWMS61A-RAQDP33

12‒24 V

１

0V ２

EMD8A

([WHUQDOGHYLFH

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLWEMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW

ALARM LO ４
NPN Tr
ALARM
COM ３

,QSXW

ALARM
COM ３

R1

&RPPRQ

12‒24 V/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW,QSXWANALOGー'&SRZHUVRXUFH$ODUPRXWSXW131WUDQVLVWRUW\SH

D2
D1

55UHOD\''GLRGH([WHUQDOGHYLFH
１

0V ２

'&
SRZHU
VRXUFHANALOG＋ ６,QSXW＋/RDG,QSXWíPNP Tr
ALARM HI ５

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW&RPPRQ,QSXW

ALARM HI ５
NPN TrPNP Tr
ALARM LO ４ＥＭＤ７Ｄ３Ｐ$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLW/RDG,QSXWíEMD7R23RZHUFLUFXLW,QSXW＋

/RDG

,QSXW

$ODUPRXWSXW313WUDQVLVWRUW\SH'&SRZHU
VRXUFHANALOG＋ ６$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLW/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW,QSXW＋,QSXWí

ANALOGー

When connecting photocouplers
ＥＭＤ７Ｄ３ＮPNP Tr
ALARM HI ５

D1

0V

'&
SRZHU
VRXUFHANALOG＋ ６

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW

R1'&SRZHUVRXUFH 55UHOD\$ODUPRXWSXW131WUDQVLVWRUW\SH''GLRGH

3RZHUFLUFXLW

EMT1

D2

,QSXW

ANALOGー

R2([WHUQDOGHYLFH
１0V ２$QDORJRXWSXWFLUFXLW/RDG&RPPRQ,QSXW

ALARM HI ５
NPN Tr12‒24 V

3RZHUFLUFXLW,QSXWí

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFLUFXLW

ＥＭＤ７Ｄ３Ｐ,QSXWPNP Tr
ALARM LO ４
ALARM COM ３
ANALOGー,QSXW&RPPRQ

0V$ODUPRXWSXW313WUDQVLVWRUW\SH

Alarm operation diagram
Alarm function Upper limit/lower limit individual
detection (alarm function mode 0)

Alarm function Normal/abnormal detection(alarm function mode 1)$ODUP$ODUP
'HWHFWLRQ
SUHVVXUHOHYHO 3UHVVXUH DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ$ODUP
'HWHFWLRQ
SUHVVXUHOHYHO 3UHVVXUH DFWLYDWLRQ$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH$ODUP
FDQFHOODWLRQ$ODUP$ODUPDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ

8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXHEMRT1/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXHHWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

1RUPDO$ODUPFRQWURORXWSXW LQWHUQDOVWDWH
08SSHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW$EQRUPDO

7LPH$EQRUPDO 1RUPDO

1RUPDO
0

1

1

0

0

$ODUPRXWSXWVWDWH

2XWSXWPRGH

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

/RZHUOLPLW 2XWSXWPRGHDODUPRXWSXW2XWSXWPRGH$EQRUPDO

1RUPDO

1

0

0

1

7LPH
$EQRUPDO 1RUPDO
1

0

0

1

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH
2XWSXWPRGH

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

Operation explanation:	Detects an abnormal pressure drop and an abnormal pressure
rise and performs output individually.
The upper limit alarm turns on when the upper limit alarm setting
is exceeded, and the lower limit alarm turns on when the lower
limit alarm setting is exceeded.
Delay timer:	While the delay timer is operating, the lower limit alarm is
prohibited.

75$ODUPFRQWURORXWSXW LQWHUQDOVWDWH
08SSHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW1/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWPRGH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH

1RUPDO$ODUPRXWSXWVWDWH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWPRGH

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2XWSXWPRGH/RZHUOLPLW 2XWSXWPRGHDODUPRXWSXW2XWSXWPRGH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

Operation explanation:	O ne output outputs the presence of pressure within or outside
the specified range.
The other output can output the presence of pressure outside orwithin the specified range as the detection state is inverted.
Delay timer:	While the delay timer is operating, only the output of lower limit
side is prohibited.

EMD7

Manostar digital sensor
EMD7

List ofproducts

WO81
Alarm function Upper limit two-step detection (alarm function
mode 2)$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP
'HWHFWLRQ
SUHVVXUHOHYHO 3UHVVXUH DFWLYDWLRQ DFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ
8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH

8SSHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLVMS99/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV

1RUPDO$ODUPFRQWURORXWSXW LQWHUQDOVWDWH
8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW0/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH

7LPH$EQRUPDO $EQRUPDO $EQRUPDO 1RUPDO
0

0

1

1

0

7LPH
$EQRUPDO $EQRUPDO $EQRUPDO 1RUPDO

1RUPDO$ODUPFRQWURORXWSXW LQWHUQDOVWDWH
08SSHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW

1

0

0

1

2XWSXWPRGH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWPRGH
2XWSXWPRGH

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWPRGH
2XWSXWPRGH

0

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

Operation explanation:	Pressure rises are detected in two steps. For example, the firststep can be used for an alarm, and the second step can be used
for machine stoppage.
Delay timer:	While the delay timer is operating, none of them is prohibited.

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

1RUPDOO\RSHQ/RZHUOLPLW 2XWSXWPRGHDODUPRXWSXW2XWSXWPRGH

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

Operation explanation:	Pressure drops are detected in two steps. For example, the firststep can be used for an alarm, and the second step can be used
for machine stoppage.
Delay timer:	While the delay timer is operating, both the upper limit and lower
limit are prohibited.

Functional block diagram
Alarm function Simplified control (alarm function mode 4)'HWHFWLRQ
SUHVVXUHOHYHO 3UHVVXUH 2XWSXWDFWLYDWLRQ$PSOLILHU

0
1

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH
8SSHUOLPLWDODUPK\VWHUHVLVVHWWLQJYDOXH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH

2SHQ
&ORVH

2XWSXWPRGH

2SHQ

2SHQ

&ORVH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH/RZHUOLPLW 2XWSXWPRGHDODUPRXWSXW

&ORVH

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

&ORVH

2SHQ

Operation explanation:	This is a simplified control function by which the output is turned
off when the upper limit setting value is reached for one output
and turned on when the lower limit setting value is reached. The
other output makes an inversed output.
Delay timer:	Even during operation of the delay timer, both outputs are notaffected.
Remarks:	Each hysteresis setting is disabled.

0RYHPHQWDYHUDJHIRU
RXWSXW

EMD7

EMT1

EMT1H
'$
$QDORJRXWSXWFRQYHUVLRQ
±P$±9
2XWSXWFLUFXLW$ODUP/('GLVSOD\$/$50+,,QYHUVLRQ

2XWSXWFLUFXLW
131313
8SSHUOLPLW RSHQFROOHFWRU
DODUPRXWSXW

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW/RZHUOLPLWDODUPK\VWHUHVLVVHWWLQJYDOXH$ODUP/('GLVSOD\$/$50/2,QYHUVLRQ/RZHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXWVHWWLQJYDOXH$ODUPIXQFWLRQ
PRGHVHWWLQJYDOXH'HOD\WLPHU
VHWWLQJYDOXH/RZHUOLPLWDODUP
FRQWURORXWSXW

2XWSXWFLUFXLW
131313
RSHQFROOHFWRU

EMRT1

HWS15A

VHWWLQJYDOXH/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJ
YDOXH

EMT6

EMP5A

8SSHUOLPLWDODUP
FRQWURORXWSXW

0$ODUPRXWSXWVWDWH
2XWSXWPRGH

0HDVXUHPHQWYDOXHSURFHVVLQJ]HURFRPSHQVDWLRQ1/RZHUOLPLWDODUPGHWHFWLRQ$ODUPFRQWURORXWSXW LQWHUQDOVWDWH
8SSHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW
10/RZHUOLPLWDODUPFRQWURORXWSXW3UHVVXUHDSSOLFDWLRQ

7LPH
6WDQGE\$'
FRQYHUVLRQ

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPGHWHFWLRQ

3UHVVXUH
VHQVRU

6WDQGE\

EMD8A/('GLVSOD\/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWPRGH

MS61A-RA

EMTGP10RYHPHQWDYHUDJHIRUGLVSOD\

2XWSXWVWRS

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ

MS99S

QDP33

1RUPDOO\RSHQ&ORVH

2XWSXWPRGH

1RUPDOO\RSHQ

2XWSXWPRGH
2XWSXWPRGH

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWK\VWHUHVLV$ODUPRXWSXWVWDWH$ODUPRXWSXWVWDWH/RZHUOLPLW 2XWSXWPRGHDODUPRXWSXW

WO71

FR51A

8SSHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH/RZHUOLPLWDODUPVHWWLQJYDOXH

3UHVVXUHFRQGLWLRQ

Alarm function Lower limit two-step detection (alarm function
mode 3)$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP$ODUP
'HWHFWLRQDFWLYDWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ FDQFHOODWLRQ
SUHVVXUHOHYHO 3UHVVXUH DFWLYDWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWDODUPRXWSXW

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance'HOD\
WLPHU

76

EMT1

Manostar transmitter
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

EMT1
RoHS

High-accuracy fine differential pressure transmitter• Thirty-three variations in the ranges of 10 Pa to 100 kPa and ± 10 Pa to ± 5 kPa• The displacement sensor employs a high-performance diaphragm and a differential
inductance method.
• Frequently delivered to a highly advanced differential pressure control field, this producthas achieved a good track record.

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMT1A type

EMD8A

<Main application fields>

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

• Nuclear facilities• Food-related factory management
equipment• Air conditioning control equipment ina high-rise building• Hospital and medical facilities• Automotive manufacturing/semiconductor manufacturing lines• Control of air discharge pressure
from the coffee roaster

EMT1

A

(Exposed terminal type)Pressure range code

Product code

EMD7

EMT1

EMT1B type(Indoor drip-proof type)

0

FM

D

100

(Example)
Range
Unit

D
E

Pa
kPa

Base

FV
FM

For vinyl pipe
For metallic pipe

0
1
2
3
4

Two-wire type 4–20 mA DC

A
B

Indoor drip-proof type

<Usage>• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Detection of clogging of air filters• Measurement of airflow rate/speedof ventilation/exhaust device andothers

OutputExternal
shape*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆When you use this product for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements, weneed to obtain the specifications of the pressure detection side.
Fill out the airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation sheet
on page 15, and inform us of the data.

EMRT1

Maximum value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

Four-wire type 4–20 mA DC
Four-wire type 0–1 mA DC (non-standard model)
Four-wire type 0–5 V DC (non-standard model)
Four-wire type 1–5 V DC (non-standard model)
Exposed terminal type

Overview of structure
HWS15A

12

1

11

2

13

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

3
10
7

9

6

8

77

4

5

Number

Name

1

Cover

2

Terminal box

3

Housing

4

Base

5

Diaphragm

6

High-pressure side base7

Low-pressure side base

8

Core

9

Coil bobbin

10

Substrate

11

Terminal block12

Grounding terminal screw

13

Cover packing

EMT1

Manostar transmitter
EMT1

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81
Indoor drip-proof type

Model

EMT1A

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressure measurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)

Exterior material

Aluminum die casting Painting on exterior (paint color: gray)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

500 kPa (refer to page 118)

Mounting orientation

Horizontal (inclination angle of within ± 5°)

Electric signal
conversion method

Variable inductance

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Operating ambient
temperature

0°C to 50°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Pressure range
code

Pressure range

Ｄ10

0–10 Pa

Ｄ15

0–15 Pa

Ｄ20

0–20 Pa

Ｄ30

0–30 Pa

Ｄ50

0–50 Pa

Ｄ75

0–75 Pa

Ｄ 100

0–100 Pa

Ｄ 150

0–150 Pa

Ｄ 200

0–200 Pa

Ｄ 300

0–300 Pa

Ｄ 500

0–500 Pa

Ｄ 750

0–750 Pa

Ｄ 10000–1000 PaＥ2

0–2 kPaＥ3

0–3 kPaＥ5

0–5 kPaＥ10

0–10 kPa

Ｅ20

0–20 kPa

Ｅ30

0–30 kPa

Ｅ50

0–50 kPa

Ｅ 100

EMT1B
Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, total amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration total amplitude of 39 m/s2 (two hours
each for three axial directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)Compatible pipe

• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)……Compatible with base for vinyl pipe
• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)……Compatible with base for metallic pipe
• Hard plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × inner diameter 4 mm)……Separately sold inner sleeve set (refer to page 95) is
necessary for the base for metallic pipe.

Mass−10 to +10 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 20−20 to +20 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 30−30 to +30 Pa

50−50 to +50 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 100−100 to +100 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 200−200 to +200 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 300−300 to +300 Pa

Ｄ ＋－ 500−500 to +500 Pa

Ｄ ＋－1000−1000 to +1000 Pa

Ｅ ＋－

2

−2 to +2 kPa

Ｅ ＋－

3

−3 to +3 kPa

Ｅ ＋－

5

−5 to +5 kPa

EMT1A: approx. 1100 g, EMT1B: approx. 960 g

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Accuracy(at 20°C)

Temperature
characteristics(zero + span)
at 0°C to 40°C

±2% FS±0.2% FS/°C

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element(Refer to page 118)

Output and transmission method

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7
10 kPaEMT1

EMTGP1
Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA DC±1% FS±0.1% FS/°C

EMT1H(load resistance of 500 Ω or lower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ± 10%
40 kPa(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

Four-wire type:

EMT6

EMP5A

Output signal of 4 to 20 mA DC
100 kPa

0–100 kPa

Ｄ ＋－ 10

Ｄ ＋－

Exposed terminal type

150 kPa(load resistance of 500 Ω or lower)

50/60 Hz
±2% FS

Approx. 2 VA

±0.2% FS/°C

EMRT1Power voltage of 100 V AC ± 10%,

HWS15A

Accessories
10 kPaApplication±1% FS

Precautions±0.1% FS/°C

Maintenance

20 kPa◆Use of this product in a mounting orientation other than the horizontal orientation is impossible.
◆When using this product in a combustible gas atmosphere, use intrinsically safe type EMT1H described on page 85.
◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

78

EMT1

Manostar transmitterîĳ6ORWWHGKROHIRUPRXQWLQJXVH

100

88

116

MS99
100

îĳVORWWHGKROHIRUPRXQWLQJXVH

100

88±0.388

FR51A

EMT1B type (exposed terminal type)88±0.3116±0.3

EMT1A type (indoor drip-proof type)

116

WO71

External dimension drawing

100

WO81

EMT1

116±0.3

List ofproductsîĳ KROH
RUî0WDS

MS99S

îĳ KROH
RUî0WDS

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

MS61A-RA

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

ＭWHUPLQDOVFUHZ*LQWHUQDOWKUHDG

94
φ7

HIGH

LOW

φ7

HIGH

LOW

EMD7

32

32

91

EMD8A

115

QDP33

55

55

EMT1

Terminal connection diagram
EMTGP1

EMT1H

Two-wire type
±P$&KHFNWHUPLQDO

1
2

Four-wire type
EMT1

EMT6

4
3

±P$

1

5HFHLYLQJGHYLFH2

9'&SRZHUVRXUFH

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

5HFHLYLQJGHYLFH

3*URXQGLQJ◆For details of the combination of the fine differential pressuretransmitter with our receiving instrument, adjustment meter, or otherdevice, refer to page 113.
◆For wiring and the connection between the fine differential pressuretransmitter and our receiving instrument, refer to page 96.

When an ammeter with an internal resistance of 10 Ω or lower isconnected to the check terminal, it is possible to monitor the output
signal even during operation.
◆When this instrument is used in combination with our receiving
instrument, a separately installed DC power source is notnecessary because the receiving instrument has a built-in
DC power source for a two-wire type fine differential pressuretransmitter.
(Refer to pages 96 and 113)4

±P$

9$&+]3RZHUVRXUFH*URXQGLQJ

EMT1！
CautionTerminal screw tightening torque: 1.0 to 1.3 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the instrument body.

Accessories

Maintenance● Output signal of 4 to 20 mA DC%LDVHGSUHVVXUHUDQJH
20
12
4
0

50
3UHVVXUH )6

79

=HURFHQWHUUDQJH
2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

Precautions

Transmission output diagram(pressure-output signal)
2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

Application

100

20
12
4
−50

0
3UHVVXUH )6

＋50

EMT1

Manostar transmitter
EMT1

List ofproducts

EMT1 accessories

RoHS

WO81

VT baseMT base(Auxiliary item)

MTW base

Terminal cover set(Auxiliary item)

WO71

FR51A
Item number

KGAT1VTMaterial

Item number

Brass

KGAT1MTA vinyl pipe or rubber
pipe with an innerdiameter of 6 mm can beconnected.
This is already installedat the time of purchase of
the FV type.

Material

Item number

Brass

KGAT1MTW-S

Material

Item number

Stainless steel

TCA-T1This is used to connect astainless steel pipe with anouter diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm.

A metallic pipe, such as steel pipe
and aluminum pipe, with an outer
diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm can beconnected.
When connecting with a plastic
pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × innerdiameter 4 mm), remove the brasssleeve and use the separately soldresin inner sleeve set (XIN 6 × 4;
refer to page 111).
This is already installed at the time ofpurchase of MT type.

Material

Polycarbonate/brassThis is used to protect theterminal screw of EMT1B
type (exposed terminaltype).

Item
numberBase tightening torque: 1.2 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value
because doing so breaks the instrument body.

！
CautionMaterial

Color ofrubberbushingAC4‒2T
AC4‒3T

MS99S

MS61A-RA

Plastic gland (Ace Service Co., Ltd.)This is used when the wiring of the fine differential
pressure transmitter is conducted with instrumentation
cables. By paying attention to the finish outer diameterof the cable to be used, select a plastic gland fromthe table on the right in a size that allows the rubberbushing to retain the cable outer diameter when thecap nut is tightened.

MS99

Polyacetal

AC4‒4T

QDP33

EMD8A

Outer diameter of compatible
electric wire (mm)Minimum Maximum

Black

6．
5

9．
0

Red

8．
5

11．
0

Green

10．
0

12．
5

EMD7

EMT1

Adapter for conduit
25

C 19

22

Item number

ADPA-EMT1

EMTGP1

6FUHZIRUHOHFWULF
ZLUHFRQGXLW

φ 15

10

G 1/2

When conducting wiring to the fine differential
pressure transmitter by passing the wire throughthe thin steel electric wire conduit with a nominal
size of 19 or a metallic flexible electric wire
conduit, because the service entrance of thetransmitter has a G1/2 internal thread and adifferent size, use the adapter for the conduit
shown in the figure on the right.

EMT1H

Material

EMT6

Brass

Bracket for mounting on vertical wall surface*Mounting screw is not included.

Be sure to install the fine differential pressuretransmitter in a horizontal orientation (at inclination
angle of 5° or less). When the mounting surface isvertical, mount the instrument horizontally by using
the bracket for mounting on vertical wall surface.
For the purpose of adjustment and maintenance,
secure a space of 0.5 m at minimum above the finedifferential pressure transmitter.

LOW

HIGH

EMRT1

135

HWS15A

Accessories

135

25

Application
100

Precautions

55

PRU
PRUH

8×φ5 fine differential pressuretransmitter mounting hole

1.6

When the orientation of the base of thefine differential pressure transmitter isorthogonal to the wall surface

9HUWLFDOZDOOVXUIDFHPRU
PRUH

9HUWLFDOZDOOVXUIDFH

When the orientation of the base of thefine differential pressure transmitter isin parallel to the wall surface

φ30 (hole)

EMP5A

110

Maintenance

4×φ7 wall surface mounting hole

Item number

Material

BRKT-T1GP1

Steel*For quality improvement or for another reason, part of the specifications may be subject to change without prior notice.

80

EMTGP1

Manostar transmitter
List ofproducts

WO81

EMTGP1<Dedicated to negative pressure measurement>
RoHS

Anti-corrosion type fine differential pressure transmitterThis is an anti-corrosion type fine differential pressure transmitter dedicated to negative pressure

WO71

measurement. This is mainly suitable for the monitoring of static pressure (negative pressure) at theexhaust duct for gas containing corrosive gas in a production factory.

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMTGP1A type

EMT1H

EMTGP1B type(Indoor drip-proof type)(Exposed terminal type)

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance<Main application fields>•	General factory management
equipment•	Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of
air conditioners•	Filter pressure loss
management•	Precision machine
manufacturing line•	Building air conditioning control
equipment<Usage>•	Detection of clogging of air filter•	Room pressure measurement
in a clean room•	Measurement of clogging of
bug filter•	Measurement of dynamic
pressure at ventilation/exhaust
device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

81

Product code

EMTGP1

A

Pressure range code

0

D

－200

(Example)

Range
Unit
OutputExternal
shape

Maximum value

D
E
0
A
B

Pa
kPa
Two-wire type 4–20 mA DC
Indoor drip-proof type
Exposed terminal type◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above
product code.

EMTGP1

Manostar transmitter
EMTGP1

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81

Model

Indoor drip-proof type

Exposed terminal type

EMTGP1A

EMTGP1B

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressuremeasurement
methodSingle pressure type (negative pressure measurement)

Measured gas

Corrosive gas (sulfuric acid gas cannot be measured; for details, contact us)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm

Mounting orientation

Horizontal (inclination angle of within ± 5°)

Operating ambient
temperature

10°C to 40°C

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Material of gascontacting part

Diaphragm PEEK film and molded item
Base
PEEK molded item

Exterior material

Main body: aluminum die casting, painting on exterior (paint color: gray)Electric signal
conversion method

Variable inductance

Output andtransmission
methodOutput signal of 4 to 20 mA DC (load resistance of 500 Ω or lower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ± 10% (ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

Insulation
resistance

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Durable impact

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each for three axial directions)

Durable vibration

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)Base mounting
screw size

Internal thread for general U.S. pipes 1/4-18NPT

Mass

EMTGP1A type: approx. 980 g
EMTGP1B type: approx. 860 g

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1
Pressure range
code

Pressure range

D - 200

0 to −200 Pa

D - 300

0 to −300 Pa

D - 500

0 to −500 Pa

D - 1000

0 to −1000 Pa

E-

2Accuracy(at 20°C)

Temperature characteristics(each for zero and span)at 10°C to 40°C

Pressure-receiving
element material

Withstanding pressure ofpressure-receiving element(Refer to page 118)

±2.5％ FS

±0.15％ FS/°CPEEK film－10 kPa

0 to −2 kPa◆This instrument cannot measure combustible gas.
◆Do not install this product in an explosion hazard area.
◆Although this product is corrosion resistant, it may not be used depending on the type orconcentration of the corrosive gas and the use environment.
Before using this product, be sure to conduct evaluation in actual usage conditions and confirm that
there is no problem.
◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance82

EMTGP1

Manostar transmitter
List ofproducts

WO81

EMTGP1
External dimension drawing
EMTGP1B（露出端子形）(exposed terminal type)

EMTGP1A type (indoor drip-proof type)
WO71

100

100

88±0.38888±0.388ĳ KROH
îĳ KROH
RUî0WDSîĳ KROH
RUî0WDS

MS99S

3DQHOFXWWLQJ
MS61A-RA

116±0.3

116

100

116

ĳ KROH

100

MS99

116±0.3

FR51A

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ

3DQHOFXWWLQJ*LQWHUQDOWKUHDG

EMTGP1

EMT1H

í137,QWHUQDOWKUHDGIRU
JHQHUDO86SLSHV

EMT6Terminal connection diagram
±P$&KHFN
WHUPLQDO

1
2

EMTGP1

4
3

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance834±P$
5HFHLYLQJGHYLFH9'&SRZHUVRXUFH

When an ammeter with an internal resistance of 10 Ω or lower isconnected to the check terminal, it is possible to monitor the output
signal even during operation.
◆When this instrument is used in combination with our receiving
instrument, a separately installed DC power source is not necessary
because the receiving instrument has a built-in DC power source fora two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter. (Refer to page
96)

Terminal screw tightening torque: 1.0 to 1.3 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified
Caution value because doing so breaks the instrument body.

！

í137,QWHUQDOWKUHDGIRU
JHQHUDO86SLSHV$WPRVSKHUHRSHQLQJSRUWRQWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHVLGH

Transmission output diagram (pressureoutput signal)*URXQGLQJ

EMP5A

POSITION$WPRVSKHUHRSHQLQJSRUWRQWKHKLJKSUHVVXUHVLGH

4

EMD7

EMT1

水 平
HORIZONTALPOSITION

2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

HORIZONTAL

94

水 平

EMD8A

91

115

QDP33

20
12
4
0

50
3UHVVXUH )6100

EMTGP1

Manostar transmitter
EMTGP1

List ofproducts

Accessories dedicated to EMTGP1
Terminal cover set

RoHS

WO81

Plastic gland (Ace Service Co., Ltd.)

Adapter for conduit(Auxiliary item)

WO71

FR51A

Item number

Material

TCA-T1

Polycarbonate/brassThis is used to protect theterminal screw of EMTGP1B
type (exposed terminal type).
This is already installed at
the time of purchase of the
instrument.

Polyacetal

Black
Red
Green

6．
5
8．
5
10．
0

9．
0
11．
0
12．
5

This is used when the wiring of fine differential pressuretransmitter is conducted with instrumentation cables. By
paying attention to the finish outer diameter of the cable
to be used, select a plastic gland in a size that allows therubber bushing to retain the cable outer diameter when
the cap nut is tightened.

22

C 19

AC4‒2T
AC4‒3T
AC4‒4T

Outer diameter of compatible

Color of rubber
electric wire D (mm)bushing
Minimum Maximum

25
6FUHZIRUHOHFWULF
ZLUHFRQGXLWMaterial

G 1/2

Item
number

φ 15

10Item number

ADPA-EMT1

MS99

MS99S

Material

Brass

When conducting wiring to the fine differential
pressure transmitter by passing the wire through thethin steel electric wire conduit with a nominal size of
19 or a metallic flexible electric wire conduit, because
the service entrance of the transmitter has a G1/2
internal thread and a different size, use an adapter forthe conduit.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

Bracket for mounting on vertical wall surface (horizontal mounting）*Mounting screw is not included.

ĳ KROH

îĳILQHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHUPRXQWLQJKROH

EMT1

EMTGP1135

EMT1H

PRU
PRUH
9HUWLFDOZDOOVXUIDFH

EMP5A

EMRT1

100

55

25

1.6

135

110

EMT6

HWS15AîĳZDOOVXUIDFHPRXQWLQJKROH

Accessories

Item number

BRKT‒T1GP1*For quality improvement or for another reason, part of the specifications may be subject to change without prior notice.

Material

Steel

Application

Precautions
Maintenance84

EMT1H

Manostar transmitter
List ofproducts

WO81

EMT1H
Type examination pass No. CML 19JPN2072X

Intrinsically safe fine differential pressure transmitter
Explosion-proof performance

WO71

FR51A

MS99

RoHS

Ex ia ⅡC T4 Ga

Intrinsically safe refers to a model with a structure designed inconsideration of the necessary safety factors so that combustible
gas will not be ignited because of an electric spark generated
under normal conditions or in the event of an accident or
temperature rise, whose explosion-proof safety has been verified
through tests or by other means by an official organization.

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT1H

EMT6

(Manostar transmitter + safety barrier)

EMP5A

EMRT1

Product code

HWS15A<Main application fields>

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioners• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air-conditioning control
equipment<Usage>• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

85

EMT1H

A

Pressure range code

0

FM

D

100

(Example)
Range
Unit
Base
OutputExternal shape

Maximum value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

D
E

Pa

FV
FM

For vinyl pipe0

Two-wire type 4–20 mA DC

A

For indoor drip-proofkPa
For metallic pipe

◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆The above product code is for the set of fine differential pressure transmitter and safety barrier.
◆When you use this product for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements, we need to obtain the specifications of thepressure detection side.
Fill out the airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation sheet on page 15, and inform us of the data.

EMT1H

Manostar transmitter
EMT1H

List ofproducts

System specifications
Model
Configuration
Explosion-proof type
Target gas
Intrinsically safe
circuit

WO81

EMT1H
Manostar transmitter EMT1H + safety barrier MTL7787+
Intrinsically safe structure
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Conditions for wiring in the section between EMT1H and safety barrier (MTL7787+)
Capacitance (CC): 0.05 μF or lower
Wiring resistance: 10 Ω or lower
Cross section area of electric wire conductor: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
Inductance (Lc): 2.00 mH or lower

WO71

FR51A

EMT1H
Pressure unit
Pressuremeasurement method
Measured gas
Pressure-receiving
element
Exterior material
Instrument bodywithstanding
pressure
Mounting orientation
Electric signal
conversion method
Insulation resistanceWithstand voltage
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidityPa, kPa
Differential pressure method
Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)
Diaphragm (silicone rubber)
Aluminum die casting Painting on exterior (paint color: gray)
500 kPa (refer to page 118)

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,
10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s2 (two hours each forthree axial directions)

Durable impact

100 m/s2 (six times each for three axial directions)Compatible pipe

• Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 6 mm)……Compatible with base for vinyl pipe
• Metallic pipe (outer diameter of 6 ± 0.1 mm)……Compatible with base for metallic pipe
• Hard tube (outer diameter 6 × inner diameter 4 mm)……Separately sold inner sleeve set (XIN 6 × 4;
refer to page 111) is necessary for the base formetallic pipe.

MS61A-RA

Approx. 1100 g

QDP33

Horizontal (inclination angle of within ± 5°)
Variable inductance
Between power terminal and grounding terminal: 20 MΩ orhigher (500 V DC megger)
Between power terminal and grounding terminal: 500 V AC,
50/60 Hz, for one minute, 1 mA or lower
0°C to 40°C (no freezing allowed)

Mass

MS99S

EMD8A

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

MTL7787＋

EMD7

Intrinsically safe circuit
maximum voltage

28 V

Intrinsically safe circuit
maximum current

93 mA

Intrinsically safe circuit
maximum power

0.65 W

Mass

Approx. 140 g

Pressure range code

MS99

Non-intrinsically safe
circuitTolerable voltage

Pressure range

Accuracy(at 20°C)

Temperature
characteristics(zero + span)
at 0°C to 40°C

250 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 250 V DC

EMT1

Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

EMTGP1
Output and transmission method

D 10
D 15
D 20
D 30

0–10 Pa
0–15 Pa
0–20 Pa
0–30 Pa

D 50
D 75
D 100
D 150
D 200
D 300
D 500
D 750
D1000

0–50 Pa
0–75 Pa
0–100 Pa
0–150 Pa
0–200 Pa
0–300 Pa
0–500 Pa
0–750 Pa
0–1000 Pa

E 1

0–1 kPa

E 2
E 3
E 5
E 10
E 20

0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa
0–10 kPa
0–20 kPa

40 kPaE 30
E 50

0–30 kPa
0–50 kPa

100 kPa

Precautions

E 100

0–100 kPa

150 kPa

Maintenance

EMT1H±2％ FS±0.2％ FS/°C

EMT6

EMP5A

10 kPa

±1％ FS

D＋－ 10D＋－ 20D＋－ 30−10 to +10 Pa−20 to +20 Pa−30 to +30 Pa±2％ FS

D＋－ 50
D＋－100−50 to +50 Pa−100 to +100 Pa±1％ FS

Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA DC(load resistance of 250 Ω orlower *1)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ± 10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)±0.1％ FS/°C*1
Resistance value of connectableload when combined with the
supplied safety barrier

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application±0.2％ FS/°C
10 kPa
±0.1％ FS/°C◆Use of this product in a mounting orientation other than horizontal orientation is impossible.
◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

86

EMT1H

Manostar transmitter

WO81

WO71

EMT1H
External dimension drawing
EMT1H (for vinyl pipe)
100

FR51A

4×M4 screw for
mounting cover

4×φ5 slotted hole
for mounting use

88

Panel cutting
88±0.3

105

116

100

MS99

MS99S

MTL7787＋116±0.3

List ofproducts

Base
（LOW）

Terminal on hazardous
location side

Terminal on safe
location side

12.6

4×φ5 or 4×M4Base
（HIGH）

Use this product by attaching acover so that the specificationsof IP20 are satisfied.

Electric wire outlet(G1/2 internal thread)

90

MS61A-RA
Cover

EMD8A

ＧＨ
ＨＩ

ＬＯＷ

32
55

EMTGP1EMT1H%LDVHGSUHVVXUHUDQJH
20
12
4
0

EMT6

=HURFHQWHUUDQJH
2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

Transmission output diagram(pressure-output signal)

2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

EMT1

7

Lead
plate

EMD7

91

115

QDP33

50

20
12

100

4
50

3UHVVXUH )6050

3UHVVXUH )6

Terminal connection diagram
EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Hazardous location Non-hazardous location
EPL：GaOperating ambient
temperature: 0°C to 40°C
Safety holder
Fine differential(Safety barrier)pressure transmitter

When used in combination with the supplied safetybarrier and our receiving instrument

（＋）
（＋）
3
3
Intrinsically
EMT1H （－） safe circuit（－）
44

Because our receiving instrument has a built-in DC power circuit
for fine differential pressure transmitter, a separately installed DC
power source is not necessary.

E

Precautions
Maintenance（＋）
Class D grounding

When used in combination with the supplied safetybarrier and external 24 V DC power source

Hazardous location Non-hazardous location
EPL：GaOperating ambient
temperature: 0°C to 40°C
Safety holder
Fine differential(Safety barrier)pressure transmitter• Use a 24 V DC power source that has a constant voltage and aripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower.
• Connect the DV terminal of the DC power source to the grounding
terminal of the barrier as much as possible.
• The load resistance must be 250 Ω or lower.
◆For details of combination of the fine differential pressuretransmitter with our receiving instrument, adjustment meter, orother device, refer to page 113.

E

3

（＋）
（＋）
3
Intrinsically

44Class D grounding

！

9

18

Class A grounding

EMT1H （－） safe circuit（－）

Caution

87

（＋）

（＋）
（ー）
1
10
Non-intrinsicallysafe
circuit
（－）
（－）
2
19

*When using EMP5, an input resistance of 50 Ω is necessary
between 18 and 19.

Accessories
Application

Receiving
instrument（EMP5/EMP5A）

24 V DCpower source

（＋）
（＋）
1
Non-intrinsicallysafe
circuit（－）（－）
2

Class AgroundingReceiving device(load resistanceof 250 Ω or lower)

Terminal screw tightening torque: 1.0 to 1.3 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the instrument body.

EMT1H

Manostar transmitter
EMT1H

List ofproducts

WO81

Notes on use• Never change the constituting parts and the circuit.
This instrument has an intrinsically safe structure. The intrinsically safe structure has a higher reliability compared to other explosion-proof structures, but
failure to follow the preconditions for the explosion-proof structure significantly decreases the reliability and makes it impossible to maintain the explosionproof performance. When using this instrument, be sure to observe the following precautions.
For details of explosion-proof properties, refer to the following reference documents.

WO71

Reference documents• Recommended Practices for Explosion-protected Electrical Installations in General Industries JNIOSH-TR-46-1: 2015, published by the Technology
Institution of Industrial Safety• Recommended Practices for Explosion-protected Electrical Installations in General Industries JNIOSH-TR-46-6: 2015, published by the Technology
Institution of Industrial Safety• USERS’ GUIDELINES for Installations for Explosive Atmospheres in General Industry JNIOSH-TR-NO.44, published by the Technology Institution ofIndustrial Safety• Be sure to house the safety barrier in a container with a totally closed structure, and place it at a non-hazardous location.

！
Warning

FR51A

MS99

Grounding• Solely conduct grounding of the safety barrier in accordance with the Class A grounding work.
• Conduct grounding of the fine differential pressure transmitter body in accordance with the Class D grounding work.
• In actual grounding work, refer to “Recommended Practices for Explosion-Protected Electrical Installations in General Industries.”

MS99S

Wiring

The electric circuit of this instrument has restricted capacitances and inductances so as not to accumulate energy, which could serve as an ignition source.
However, because the capacitance and inductance generated in the wiring (intrinsically safe circuit) from the instrument to the safety barrier vary dependingon the installation environment, they need to be restricted to the tolerance value or lower by the user.
Conditions for wiring in the section between EMT1H and safety barrier (MTL7787+)
Capacitance (Cc): 0.05 μF or lower
Inductance (Lc): 2.00 mH or lower
Wiring resistance: 10 Ω or lower
Cross section area of electric wire conductor: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2*Because it is difficult to adjust a wiring cable after it has been wired, we recommend that you actually measure the capacitance and inductance of the cable
to be used in advance to obtain the approximate conditions for the cable, and then conduct the work.
• Conduct wiring as per terminal connection diagram, and after the wiring, be sure to make sure that there is no wrong wiring.
• For wiring and piping, use highly reliable parts.
• Concerning wiring, refer to “USERS’ GUIDELINES for Installations for Explosive Atmospheres in General Industry NIOSH-TR-NO.44” as it provides detailed
explanations in accordance with the installation environment.

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1H accessories
DIN rail set for safety barrier

Metallic cable gland (made of ZDC or FCD)

Schematic figure ofmounted DIN rail

EMT1

Non-compliant with RoHSEMTGP1

Item number

DIN-T1H

Use this DIN rail set to solely conduct grounding of
the attached safety barrier in accordance with theClass A grounding work. It is possible to install up to
five safety barriers.

ItemnumberColor of rubberbushingSC4-1TSC4-2TSC4-3T

Gray
Black
Red

Outer diameter of compatible
electric wire (mm)EMT1H

Minimum Maximum

3．
5
6．
5
8．
5

7．
0
9．
0
11．
0

EMT6

This is used when the wiring of fine differential pressuretransmitter is conducted with instrumentation cables. By
paying attention to the finish outer diameter of the cable to be
used, select a metallic cable gland in a size that allows therubber bushing to retain the cable outer diameter when the cap
nut is tightened. Use a cable equipped with shield.

EMP5A

EMRT1

◆EMT1H accessories are shared with EMT1.

Bracket for mounting on vertical wall surface (horizontal mounting）*Mounting screw is not included.

1.6

8×φ5 fine differential pressuretransmitter mounting hole

Accessories
0.5 m ormore

4×φ7 wall surface
mounting hole

135
Item number

BRKT‒T1GP1

Material

Application
Vertical wall surface

110

100

135

55

25

φ30 (hole)

HWS15A

Precautions
Maintenance

Steel*For quality improvement or for another reason, part of the specifications may be subject to change without prior notice.

88

EMT6

Manostar transmitter
List ofproducts

WO81

EMT6
RoHS

Small-sized fine differential pressure transmitter• This is a small-sized/light-weight type

WO71

FR51A

fine differential pressure transmitter.
• A silicone rubber piece with small
hysteresis is used in the sensor part.
• The zero adjustment trimmer provided
on top facilitates zero adjustment as of

MS99

after installation.

MS99S

EMT6

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Product code
<Main application fields>

EMT6• Semiconductor manufacturing
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioners• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturingline• General factory management
equipment

B

Pressure range code

0

FV

D

V
H
None

Range
Unit

• Measurement of internal pressure ofindoor device• Detection of clogging of air filter• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust device• Room pressure measurement in aclean room*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

Base
OutputRange for specification of vertical mounting
Range for specification of horizontal mounting

Range for arbitrary mounting
Maximum value

D
E

Pa

FV

For vinyl pipe0

Two-wire type 4–20 mA DC

kPa

External shape

Exposed terminal type
B
◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆When you use this product for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements, we need to obtain thespecifications of the pressure detection side.
Fill out the airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation sheet on page 15 andinform us of the data.

Mounting orientation and range
WR3DWR3DWR3DWR3D:KROHUDQJHRWKHUWKDQRQWKHOHIW,WLVQHFHVVDU\WRVSHFLI\WKHPRXQWLQJRULHQWDWLRQKRUL]RQWDOXSULJKWDQGRWKHUV DWWKHWLPHRIRUGHUSODFHPHQW
8SULJKWSODQH
10° 10°7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHPRXQWHGDWDUELWUDU\DQJOH
EHWZHHQKRUL]RQWDODQGXSULJKW

8SULJKW
90°

8SULJKWSODQH
10°

2
W
K

90°

0RX
QWH
GD
W

45
°

8QXVDEOH

45°

8QXVDEOH

20°+RUL]RQWDO

0°

20°

2W

UV
KH

KW
SULJ
GX

 8SULJKW
10°+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

7KHLQVWUXPHQWFDQEHPRXQWHGRQWKHPRXQWLQJVXUIDFHLQDQDUELWUDU\PDQQHU

EHWZHHQK
R
UL
DQJOH
]
RQW
DU\
DOD
ELWU
Q
DU

UV
H
0°

10°

89

(Example)
Mountingorientation

Application

Maintenance

V<Usage>Accessories

Precautions

100

10°

+RUL]RQWDO
SODQH

EMT6

Manostar transmitter
EMT6

List ofproducts

Specifications
Model

WO81

EMT6

Pressure unit

Pa, kPa

Pressure measurement
methodDifferential pressure method

Measured gas

Air and noncorrosive gas (liquid cannot be measured)

Pressure-receiving
element

Diaphragm (silicone rubber)Withstanding pressureof pressure-receiving
element

10 kPa (refer to page 118)

Instrument bodywithstanding pressure

50 kPa (refer to page 118)

Exterior material

Polyamide

Electric signal conversion
methodVariable inductance

Insulation resistance

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)

Operating ambient
temperature

0°C to 50°C (no freezing allowed)

Pressure range
code
ＤPressure range

50 H

0-50 Pa

Ｄ 100 H

0-100 Pa

Ｄ 200 H

0-200 Pa

Ｄ 300 H

0-300 Pa

Ｄ50 V

0-50 Pa

Ｄ 100 V

0-100 Pa

Ｄ 200 V

0-200 Pa

Ｄ 300 V

0-300 Pa

Ｄ 500

0-500 Pa

Ｄ 10000-1000 PaＥ2

0-2 kPaＥ3

0-3 kPaＥ5

0-5 kPa

Operating ambient
humidity

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)

Durable vibration

5 to 10 Hz, amplitude of 10 mm,

WO71

2

10 to 50 Hz, acceleration of 39 m/s (two hours each for three axial
directions)
Durable impact

100 m/2 (six times each for three axial directions)Compatible pipe

Vinyl pipe or rubber pipe (inner diameter of 4 mm)

Base polarity

Indicating high-pressure side and low-pressure side with “H” and “L”
marks, respectively, at piping connection base part.

Mass

Approx. 110 g

FR51A

MS99

MS99S
Accuracy(at 20°C)

Mounting orientation

Temperature characteristics(zero + span)
at 0°C to 50°C

Output and transmission
methodMS61A-RA
Horizontal(specification)

QDP33
Two-wire type:Output signal of 4 to 20 mA DC
Upright (specification)±2.5％ FS(load resistance of 500 Ω or

±0.15％ FS/°C

EMD8A

lower)
Power voltage of 24 V DC ± 10%(ripple of 0.2 V P-P or lower)

Between horizontal
and uprightArbitrary mounting

EMD7

EMT1

◆When using this product in a combustible gas atmosphere, use the intrinsically safe type EMT1H described on page 85.
◆For the use environment, refer to page 118.

EMTGP1

External dimension drawing

EMT1H

9'&
SRZHUVRXUFH
50±0.360
74

50

îĳ
0RXQWLQJ
KROH

㹍㹑

㹃㹒

㹘㹃㹐

50±0.3

Terminal connection diagramîĳ KROH RU
0WDS0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

φ5.5

50

60

ＥＭＴ6

＋
−

＋

−

EMT6
−

5HFHLYLQJGHYLFH

±P$＋◆When this instrument is used in combination with
our receiving instrument, a separately installed
DC power source is not necessary because thereceiving instrument has a built-in power source fora two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter.
(Refer to page 96)

Transmission output diagram(pressure-output signal)

7HUPLQDOFRYHU

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

15！
CautionTerminal screw tightening torque: 0.7 to 1.0 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the instrument body.

2XWSXWVLJQDO P$

20

4.5

39

Application
20

Precautions
Maintenance

12
4
0

50

100

3UHVVXUH )6

90

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
List ofproducts

WO81

EMP5A
RoHS

Receiving instrument
When this instrument is used in combination with a fine differential pressure transmitter, it is

WO71

FR51A

MS99

possible to measure pressure, airflow rate, and airflow speed.
• Incorporated with a DC power source for two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter.
• Equipped with two alarm outputs for which the action can be selected in accordance with theusage.
• Incorporated with a square root calculation function (for airflow rate/airflow speed receiving
instrument only).
• Front panel with IP66 structure

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMP5A

EMTGP1

EMT1H

Product code

EMT6

EMP5A
EMP5A

D

2

1

1

D

300

(Example)
Range

Maximum value(for ± range, provide “±” as well)

D
E

EMRT1

Ｆ

<Main application fields>

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Alarm output<Usage>Display*(Refer to pages 114 to 117)

91

kPa

Airflow
rate

m3/h
m3/min（nor）
m3/h（nor）• General factory management
equipment• Negative pressure for dust
collector/differential pressure of air
conditioner• Filter pressure loss management• Precision machine manufacturing
line• Building air conditioning control
equipment• Detection of clogging of air filter• Room pressure measurement in aclean room
• Measurement of clogging of bug
filter• Measurement of dynamic pressure
at ventilation/exhaust devicePa
m3/minUnit

HWS15A

Pressure

Airflow speed

Output signal
Input signal

m/s

1
3

4–20 mA DC

1

4–20 mA DC

2

Two circuits (2 × 1a contact)

D

Digital indication

0–5 V DC (non-standard model)◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆When you use this product for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements, we need to obtain the specifications of thepressure detection side.
◆This product has been adjusted to measure pressure, airflow rate, and airflow speed by combining the digital indicator
JIR-301-M, BK, P24 T2917 manufactured by Shinko Technos Co., Ltd. with a fine differential pressure transmitter.
◆Some constituting parts of this instrument contain polyvinyl chloride.

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
EMP5A

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81

EMP5A

Model
Display

Digital 4-1/2 digits (−2000 to 10000)± 0.2% FS ± 1 digit

Sampling frequency

0.125 seconds

Input signal

4 to 20 mA DC (with built-in 50 Ω input resister)On the airflow rate/speed meter, the maximum value varies depending on the range.

Output signal

4 to 20 mA (load resistance of 550 Ω or lower)
0 to 5 V DC (load resistance of 500 kΩ or higher)
Output signals from the airflow rate/speed meter are those obtained through square root calculation of input signals.

Output signal
accuracy± 0.3% FS

Power supply to twowire type transmitter

24 V DC ± 10% (load current of 4 to 20 mA)

Alarm output

Output type Relay contact of 1a × 2
Contact capacity (resistance load)
			Power voltage

100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz (tolerable variation range: 85 to 264 V AC)

Power consumption

Approx. 8 VA

Insulation resistance

10 MΩ or higher (500 V DC)

Withstand voltage

1.5 kV AC for one minute	Each section between terminals (power terminal, grounding terminal, input terminal, and output terminal)
However, section between input terminal and output terminal is excluded.

Operating ambient
temperature

0°C to 50°C (no freezing allowed)

Operating ambient
humidity

35% to 85％ RH (no condensation allowed)

Exterior material

Fire-retardant resin (colors: panel in dark gray, case in black)

Mass

Approx. 300 g

Protection level

IP66 (front panel unit)

Accessories

One set of screw-type mounting fittings, one piece of short-circuiting wire for two-wire type transmitter

Pressure range code

PV (current value) red
SV (setting value) green

Character dimensions 16 × 7.2 mm (height × width)
Character dimensions 10 × 4.8 mm (height × width)

MS99S

Each section between terminals (power terminal, grounding terminal, input terminal, and output terminal)

EMD8A

0–10 Pa
0–15 Pa
0–20 Pa
0–30 Pa
0–50 Pa
0–75 Pa
0–100 Pa
0–150 Pa
0–200 Pa
0–300 Pa
0–500 Pa
0–750 Pa
0–1000 Pa

0.00–10.00
0.00–15.00
0.00–20.00
0.00–30.00
0.00–50.00
0.00–75.00
0.0–100.0
0.0–150.0
0.0–200.0
0.0–300.0
0.0–500.0
0.0–750.0
0–1000

Ｅ
2
3
Ｅ
Ｅ
5
Ｅ 10
Ｅ 20
Ｅ 30
Ｅ 50
Ｅ 100

0–2 kPa
0–3 kPa
0–5 kPa
0–10 kPa
0–20 kPa
0–30 kPa
0–50 kPa
0–100 kPa

0.000–2.000
0.000–3.000
0.000–5.000
0.00–10.00
0.00–20.00
0.00–30.00
0.00–50.00
0.0–100.0

Airflow rate/airflow
speed range code−

−10 to +10 Pa−20 to +20 Pa−30 to +30 Pa−50 to +50 Pa−100 to +100 Pa−200 to +200 Pa−300 to +300 Pa−500 to +500 Pa−1000 to +1000 Pa−2 to +2 kPa−3 to +3 kPa−5 to +5 kPa

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Ｄ 10
Ｄ 15
Ｄ 20
Ｄ 30
Ｄ 50
Ｄ 75
Ｄ 100
Ｄ 150
Ｄ 200
Ｄ 300
Ｄ 500
Ｄ 750
Ｄ 1000

2
3
5

MS99

Electric service life 100,000 times
MAX. 3 A 250 V AC, 3 A 30 V DC
MIN. 100 mA 5 V DC (reference value)

LED display

Ｅ ＋－
Ｅ ＋－
Ｅ ＋－

FR51A

Ripple voltage of 200 mV, maximum load current of 30 mA DC

Pressure range

Ｄ ＋－ 10Ｄ ＋－ 20
Ｄ ＋－ 30
Ｄ ＋－ 50
Ｄ ＋－ 100Ｄ ＋－ 200
Ｄ ＋－ 300
Ｄ ＋－ 500
Ｄ ＋－1000

WO71

Output signal

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMT1H

EMT6
4 to 20 mA DC(load resistance of 550 Ω orlower)
0 to 5 V DC
(load resistance: 500 kΩ orhigher)Output signals from theairflow rate/speed meterare those obtained throughsquare root calculation of
input signals.

−10.00 to 0.00 to 10.00−20.0 to 0.0 to 20.0
−30.0 to 0.0 to 30.0
−50.0 to 0.0 to 50.0
−100.0 to 0.0 to 100.0−200 to 0 to 200−300 to 0 to 300−500 to 0 to 500−1000 to 0 to 1000
−2.00 to 0.00 to 2.00
−3.00 to 0.00 to 3.00
−5.00 to 0.00 to 5.00

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Airflow rate/airflow speed range (Note 1)
0 to Value

Magnification Units−(Note 1) Value : arbitrary (to be rounded), Magnification : ×10, ×100, ×1000, ×10000, Units : m3/h, m3/min, m3/h (nor), m3/min (nor), m/s
For the purpose of manufacturing of airflow rate/airflow speed meter, fill out the airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation
sheet on page 15, and inform us of the data.
◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

92

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
List ofproducts

WO81

EMP5A
External dimension drawing
8QLW
6FUHZW\SHPRXQWLQJILWWLQJV

7HUPLQDOFRYHU RSWLRQDO

PV

FR51A
SV

A1

A2
A3

A4

48

HOLD

TX/RX

MS99

MODE
A1

A2

A3

44.5

FAST

A4

98.5

11.5

96

MS99S

 ZKHQWHUPLQDOFRYHULVDWWDFKHG

106.2

Notes on lead wire crimping terminal
Use a crimping terminal with insulation sleeve that iscompatible with M3 screw as shown below.

Round type

EMD8A

PPRU
ORZHU

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1EMT1H！
CautionĳPP

Model name
TMEV1.25Y−3
VD1.25−B3A
TMEV1.25−3
V1.25−3,QFORVHFRQWDFWPRXQWLQJLQYHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQ

ĳPPn×48-3 ＋0.5
0.0

Y-shape type

Manufacturer
NICHIFU Co., Ltd.
J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
NICHIFU Co., Ltd.
J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

92 ＋0.8
0.0

45 ＋0.5
0.0

Crimping terminal

QDP33

PPRUORZHU

MS61A-RA

130

0RXQWLQJSDQHOWKLFNQHVV±PP

Terminal screw tightening torque: 0.6 to 1.0 N·m
Recommended mounting screw tightening torque: approx. 0.12 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because doing
so breaks the instrument body.

92 ＋0.80.0

縦方向密接取付の場合、防塵防滴
QQXPEHURI
IP66Specificationsを満たしません。
PRXQWHGLQVWUXPHQWV

Operation panel

EMT6
1

㻼㼂

12

㻲㻭㻿㼀

EMP5A
7

EMRT1

8

㻴㻻㻸㻰

㻭㻝

㼀㼄㻛㻾㼄

㻭㻞

㻿㼂

㻹㻻㻰㻱

㻭㻟
㻭㻠

㻭㻝

㻭㻞

㻭㻟

㻭㻠

3

4

5

6

15
14
13

9
10

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance93 ZKHQWHUPLQDOFRYHULVDWWDFKHG*DVNHW

WO71

11

2

: Displays the input value in the red display.
① PV display: Displays the A1 setting value, A2 setting value, and A3 setting value in the green display.
② SV display: The red indicator lamp is lit when the A1 output is turned on.
③ A1 indication lamp
: The red indicator lamp is lit when the A2 output is turned on. (This is not used in EMP5A.)④ A2 indication lamp
: The red indicator lamp is lit when the A3 output is turned on.
⑤ A3 indication lamp
: The red indicator lamp is lit when the A4 output is turned on. (This is not used in EMP5A.)⑥ A4 indication lamp
: The yellow indicator lamp is lit when the PV hold (hold, peak hold, bottom hold) output is turned on.
⑦ HOLD indicator lamp
⑧ A1 setting indicator lamp : The green indicator lamp is lit when the A1 setting is displayed.
⑨ A2 setting indicator lamp : The green indicator lamp is lit when the A2 setting is displayed. (This is not used in EMP5A.)⑩ A3 setting indicator lamp : The green indicator lamp is lit when the A3 setting is displayed.
⑪ A4 setting indicator lamp : The green indicator lamp is lit when the A4 setting is displayed. (This is not used in EMP5A.): Increases the setting value.
⑫ Up key: Decreases the setting value.
⑬ Down key: Switches the setting mode, and registers the setting value.
⑭ Mode key(To register setting value and selected value, press the Mode key.): Simultaneously pressing the Up key or Down key and the Fast key increases the speed of setting value⑮ Fast key
increase/decrease.

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
EMP5A

List ofproducts

Operation flow diagram

WO81

3969LQGLFDWLRQPRGH
PV&XUUHQWYDOXHGLVSOD\SV$VHWWLQJYDOXHGLVSOD\PV$VHWWLQJYDOXHGLVSOD\$ODUPVHWWLQJPRGH
PV

MODE

△02'(6LPXOWDQHRXVO\SUHVVWKH△NH\DQG02'(NH\

6HWVWKHRSHUDWLRQSRLQWRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHVFDOLQJZLGWK△)$676LPXOWDQHRXVO\SUHVVWKH△NH\DQG)$67NH\IRUDSSUR[VHFRQGVVHFRQGV$RXWSXW$RXWSXW
7UDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXW△▽02'(6LPXOWDQHRXVO\SUHVVWKH△NH\▽NH\DQG02'(NH\IRU
DSSUR[VHFRQGVVHFRQGVSV
6HOHFWV21RU2))RI$RXWSXW

▽＋MODE
VHFRQGV

MODE
MODE
MODE

6HOHFWLRQRIVHWWLQJYDOXHORFN

6HOHFWV21RU2))RI$RXWSXW
,WLVSRVVLEOHWRVHWDQDUELWUDU\YDOXHWRWKHRXWSXWDPRXQWRIWUDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWUHJDUGOHVVRIWKHLQSXW

1RWH 6HOHFWLRQRIVHWWLQJYDOXHORFN

SV

6HOHFWVWKHORFNPHWKRGRIWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH 1RWH

6HWWLQJRIVHQVRUFRPSHQVDWLRQFRHIILFLHQW

6HWVWKHVHQVRUFRPSHQVDWLRQFRHIILFLHQW
6HWWLQJUDQJHíWR 1RWH

6HWWLQJRIVHQVRUFRPSHQVDWLRQ

6HWVWKHVHQVRU LQSXW FRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXH
6HWWLQJUDQJHíWR 1RWH

△＋▽＋MODEVHFRQGV

MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE

6HOHFWLRQRILQSXWW\SH

SV

7KHLQSXWLVIL[HGWR±P$'&

6FDOLQJXSSHU
OLPLWVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHVFDOLQJXSSHUOLPLWYDOXH 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHVFDOLQJORZHUOLPLWYDOXHWR

6FDOLQJORZHUOLPLWVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHVFDOLQJORZHUOLPLWYDOXH 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHíWRVFDOLQJXSSHUOLPLWYDOXH'HFLPDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHGHFLPDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQ 1RWH

39ILOWHUWLPH
FRQVWDQWVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKH39ILOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQW
6HWWLQJUDQJHWRVHFRQGV$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVWKHDFWLRQRI$ 1RWH

$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVWKHDFWLRQRI$ 1RWH

$DFWLRQH[FLWDWLRQQRQH[FLWDWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVH[FLWDWLRQRUQRQH[FLWDWLRQRI
$ 1RWH  1RWH

$DFWLRQH[FLWDWLRQQRQH[FLWDWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVH[FLWDWLRQRUQRQH[FLWDWLRQRI
$ 1RWH  1RWH

$DFWLRQGLIIHUHQWLDOJDSVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOJDSRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR 1RWH

$DFWLRQGLIIHUHQWLDOJDSVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOJDSRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR 1RWH

$DFWLRQGHOD\WLPHUVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHDFWLRQGHOD\WLPHRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWRVHFRQGV$DFWLRQGHOD\WLPHUVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHDFWLRQGHOD\WLPHRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWRVHFRQGV

7UDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWXSSHUOLPLWVHWWLQJ

6HWVWKHXSSHUOLPLWYDOXHRIWUDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWLQGLFDWLRQYDOXHDWWKHWLPHRIPD[LPXPRXWSXW 
6HWWLQJUDQJHWUDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWORZHUOLPLWYDOXHWR 1RWH

7UDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWORZHUOLPLWVHWWLQJ(YHQWLQSXWIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HWVWKHORZHUOLPLWYDOXHRIWUDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWLQGLFDWLRQYDOXHDWWKHWLPHRIPLQLPXPRXWSXW 
6HWWLQJUDQJHíWRWUDQVPLVVLRQRXWSXWXSSHUOLPLWYDOXH 1RWH
,WLVSRVVLEOHWRVHOHFWWKHHYHQWLQSXWIXQFWLRQ
7RXVHWKHKROGIXQFWLRQVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHVHFWLRQ
EHWZHHQWHUPLQDOV  DQG   1RWH

$UHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVZKHWKHUWRUHWDLQWKHDODUPRI$RUQRW 1RWH$UHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVZKHWKHUWRUHWDLQWKHDODUPRI$RUQRW 1RWH

6TXDUHURRWFDOFXODWLRQIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

6HOHFWVSUHVHQFHDEVHQFHRIVTXDUHURRWFDOFXODWLRQIXQFWLRQ/RZOHYHOFXWRIIVHWWLQJ

6HWWKLVDVSHUFHQWDJHZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHLQSXWUDQJH 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR

MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE
MODE

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

8QORFN,WLVSRVVLEOHWRFKDQJHVHWWLQJYDOXHVDWDOO
/RFN,WLVQRWSRVVLEOHWRFKDQJHDOOVHWWLQJYDOXHV
/RFN,WLVSRVVLEOHWRFKDQJHVHWWLQJVLQWKHPDLQVHWWLQJPRGHRQO\/RFN,WLVSRVVLEOHWRFKDQJHDOOVHWWLQJVEXWWKHGDWD
FKDQJHGLQWKHDX[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJPRGHUHYHUWWRWKHIRUPHUGDWDRQFHWKHSRZHUVXSSO\WRWKHLQVWUXPHQWLVWXUQHGRII
1RWH 'HFLPDOSRLQWLQVHWWLQJUDQJH$OWKRXJKGHFLPDOSRLQWLVRPLWWHGLWIROORZVWKHGHFLPDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ

QDP33

EMD8A

1RWH 'HFLPDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
1RGHFLPDOSRLQW$X[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJPRGH
PV

1RWH 1RQGLVSOD\GXHWR$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ:KHQQRDFWLRQLVVHOHFWHGLQ$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQWKLVVHWWLQJLWHPLVKLGGHQ
1RWH 1RQGLVSOD\GXHWR$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ:KHQQRDFWLRQLVVHOHFWHGLQ$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQWKLVVHWWLQJLWHPLVKLGGHQ$X[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJPRGH
PV

WO71

.H\RSHUDWLRQ$VHWWLQJ

PV

MODE

7XUQRQSRZHUVXSSO\▽02'(6LPXOWDQHRXVO\SUHVVWKH▽NH\DQG02'(NH\IRUDSSUR[VHFRQGVVHFRQGV

0DLQWHQDQFHPRGH

MODE

SV

'LVSOD\VWKHVFDOLQJXSSHUOLPLWVHWWLQJYDOXH

6HWVWKHDFWLRQSRLQWRI$ 1RWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHVFDOLQJZLGWK

MODE

MODE

SV

,QGLFDWLRQRILQSXWW\SH
±P$'&LQWHUQDOUHVLVWDQFHRIȍ$VHWWLQJ

MODE△＋FAST
VHFRQGVVHFRQGVODWHU△＋MODE

2QHGLJLWDIWHUWKHGHFLPDOSRLQW

EMD77ZRGLJLWVDIWHUWKHGHFLPDOSRLQW
7KUHHGLJLWVDIWHUWKHGHFLPDOSRLQW
1RWH $$DFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
1RDFWLRQ

EMT1

8SSHUOLPLWDFWLRQ/RZHUOLPLWDFWLRQ
8SSHUOLPLWDFWLRQZLWKVWDQGE\

EMTGP1/RZHUOLPLWDFWLRQZLWKVWDQGE\
1RWH $$DFWLRQH[FLWDWLRQQRQH[FLWDWLRQVHOHFWLRQ([FLWDWLRQWKHDODUPRXWSXWEHFRPHVHQHUJL]HGZKHQWKHDODUPLQGLFDWRUODPSOLJKWVDQGEHFRPHV
XQHQHUJL]HGZKHQWKHODPSJRHVRII
1RQH[FLWDWLRQWKHDODUPRXWSXWEHFRPHVXQHQHUJL]HGZKHQWKHDODUPLQGLFDWRUODPSOLJKWVDQG
EHFRPHVHQHUJL]HGZKHQWKHODPSJRHVRII
1RWH (YHQWLQSXWIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

EMT1H

EMT6

+ROG5HWDLQVDQGGLVSOD\VWKH39DWWKHWLPH
3HDNKROG'LVSOD\VWKHPD[LPXPYDOXHRI
39ZKLOHXSGDWLQJLW%RWWRPKROG'LVSOD\VWKHPLQLPXPYDOXHRI
39ZKLOHXSGDWLQJLW$ODUPUHWHQWLRQ:KHQWKHVHFWLRQEHWZHHQWKHWHUPLQDOV  DQG
 LVVKRUWFLUFXLWHGLI$DQG$UHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQVDUHHQDEOHGWKHDODUPLVUHWDLQHG
$ODUPUHWHQWLRQ:KHQWKHVHFWLRQEHWZHHQWKHWHUPLQDOV  DQG
 LVUHOHDVHGLI$DQG$UHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQVDUHHQDEOHGWKHDODUPLVUHWDLQHG
1RWH $$UHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ:KHQ³HQDEOHUHWHQWLRQIXQFWLRQ´LVVHOHFWHGRQFHDQDODUPLVWULJJHUHGWKHDODUPZLOOEHUHWDLQHG'XULQJUHWHQWLRQWKHLQGLFDWRUODPSEOLQNV
7RFDQFHOWKHUHWHQWLRQLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRKROGGRZQWKH△NH\IRUVHFRQGVWXUQRIIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\RUFDQFHOWKHUHWHQWLRQE\LQSXWWLQJDQHYHQW
1RWH /RZOHYHOFXWRIIVHWWLQJ
7KLVLVDIXQFWLRQWRIRUFHIXOO\VHWWKH39WR]HURDWDORZUDQJHZKHUHHYHQDVPDOOLQSXWFKDQJHFDQJUHDWO\FKDQJHWKHVTXDUHURRWFDOFXODWLRQUHVXOW)RUDSUHVVXUHJDXJHWKLVVHWWLQJLWHPLVKLGGHQ

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance94

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
EMP5A

WO81

Input-output relationship diagrams

WO71%LDVHGSUHVVXUHUDQJH

3UHVVXUHUHFHLYLQJLQVWUXPHQW
3UHVVXUH（％)6）

3UHVVXUH
（％)6）

MS99S

MS61A-RA$LUIORZUDWH
（％)6）

＋50

100

50

50

0

50

0

0

−50

0

4

12

20

4

,QSXWVLJQDO P$

12

2XWSXWVLJQDO )6100

2XWSXWVLJQDO )6

100

FR51A

MS99

$LUIORZUDWHDLUIORZVSHHG
UHFHLYLQJLQVWUXPHQW=HURFHQWHUUDQJH

100

100

0

0
4a

20

,QSXWVLJQDO P$b,QSXWVLJQDO P$

a: Low level cutoff range (This can be arbitrarily selected in the input range of 0% to 25%.)

QDP33

b: Input signal maximum value (This corresponds to the airflow rate/airflow speed maximum value, and slightly differsfrom 20 mA depending on individual receiving instrument.)

Note on display/output range

EMD7

EMT1

Display: This instrument displays the scaling range from over 110% to below −1%.
Output: When the input value exceeds the output range, the output is fixed to 0% FS and 100% FS.

Alarm operation diagram'LIIHUHQWLDOJDS

EMD8A

,QSXW

$ODUPVHWWLQJXSSHUOLPLWVHWWLQJ

EMTGP1EMT1H$ODUPVHWWLQJ
ORZHUOLPLWVHWWLQJ

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

0
8SSHU
OLPLWDFWLRQ([FLWDWLRQ
1RQ
H[FLWDWLRQ

7LPH
2))

21

2))

21

2))

21

/RZHUOLPLW ([FLWDWLRQ
1RQDFWLRQH[FLWDWLRQ

2))

21

2))

21

2))

21

Operation explanation:
Upper limit action/lower limit action

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance95

When the input exceeds or falls below the alarm setting value, the alarm output is turned on (off when non-excitation is set).

Upper limit action with standby/lower limit action with standby
 his is a function to refrain from alarm output even when the input at the time of turning on of power supply to the instrument isT
within the alarm action range.
Also, when the input enters the alarm action range due to the change of the alarm setting value during operation, the alarm will not
be output.
Then, once the input exceeds the alarm action point (alarm setting value), the standby function will be canceled.

2XWSXWVLJQDO )6

List ofproducts

EMP5A

Receiving instrument
EMP5A

List ofproducts

WiringWO81

When connected with our two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter−

10

7ZRZLUHW\SH
ILQHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU

3
4

9

＋

Ａ１

8

3RZHUVRXUFHIRU
WZRZLUHW\SHILQH
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU

＋

−

7

6

5

＋

4

3

2

20

19

FR51A

MS99
３Ａ
２５０Ｖ ＡＣ

18

17

＋

−

1

３Ａ
２５０ＶＡＣ,QSXW
±P$−WO71

3RZHUYROWDJHWR9$&$ODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWVLJQDO

16

15

14

13

12

11

Ａ３

ＥＶＥＮＴＩＮＰＵＴ$ODUPRXWSXWMS99SMS61A-RA

7KHWHUPLQDOVLQGLFDWHGZLWKWKHGRWWHGOLQHDUHXQPRXQWHG

In combination with our two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter, short-circuit the terminals (10) and (19) with the suppliedshort-circuiting wire.
In this case, a separately installed DC power source is not necessary because our receiving instrument has a built-in DC powersource for two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter.

QDP33

EMD8A
When connected with our four-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter

−

9

10

)RXUZLUHW\SHILQH
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
1

2

4
3

−

＋

Ａ１

8

−

7

3RZHUVRXUFHIRU
WZRZLUHW\SHILQH
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU

6

5

＋

4

3

20

19
−

2

1

３Ａ
２５０ＶＡＣEMT1

EMTGP1３Ａ
２５０Ｖ ＡＣ,QSXW±P$＋EMD7

3RZHUYROWDJHWR9$&$ODUPRXWSXW 2XWSXWVLJQDO

18
＋

17

16

15

14

ＥＶＥＮＴ ＩＮＰＵＴ

13

12

11

Ａ３
$ODUPRXWSXW

7KHWHUPLQDOVLQGLFDWHGZLWKWKHGRWWHGOLQHDUHXQPRXQWHG

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

The DC power source for two-wire type fine differential pressure transmitter incorporated in our receiving instrument is not used.

EMRT1

Accessories dedicated to EMP5A

RoHS

HWS15A

Terminal cover

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Item number

TCA-P5A3

Material

Polycarbonate

Maintenance96

EMRT1

Square root calculator
List ofproducts

WO81

EMRT1
RoHS

Square root calculator
This instrument performs square root calculation of

WO71

FR51A

MS99

an electric signal that is in proportion to the input
pressure
and outputs a current signal that is in proportion to the
airflow rate.
The input signal and the output signal are electricallyinsulated from each other.

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMRT1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Product code

EMRT1 A

1

1
Output signal
Input signal
Power source1

4–20 mA DC

1

4–20 mA DC

A

100 V AC, 50/60 Hz◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above product code.
◆When you use this product for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements incombination with an adjustment meter, we need to obtain the specifications of
the pressure detection side. Fill out the airflow rate/airflow speed specification
document preparation sheet on page 15, and inform us of the data.

97

EMRT1

Square root calculator
EMRT1

List ofproducts

Square root calculation input/output comparison table

Specifications
EMRT1

Model
Input signal
Output signal
Square root output
cut point
Accuracy

Output value±1% FS (at 20°C)
However, at output signal range of 15 to 100% FS±0.01% FS/°C (at 0°C to 40°C)

Table for output signal

100 V AC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz, approx. 3.5 VA
Polycarbonate and ABS resin
0 to 50°C (no freezing allowed)

Input signal
4–20 mA DC

Between terminal and case: 20 MΩ or higher (500 V DC megger)
Between power terminal and case: 1000 V AC, 50/60 Hz, for one minuteRail mounting (applicable rail: 35 mm wide DIN rail)
Approx. 300 g

Output signal
4–20 mA DC

4 mA

Zero point

4.0 mA

8 mA

1/2 span point12.0 mA

20 mA

Span point

20.0 mA

90% RH or below (no condensation allowed)◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

Square root output cut point
This refers to the point where output is cut so as not to perform square root output of
the output signal in the range of 0% to 15% of FS. The results of comparison of input
signals and output signals are shown in the table on the right. Since the input value
becomes extremely small as the output value decreases, and then enters an action
range out of the scope of the accuracy of the calculator, the cut point is set. In this
instrument, the value range of 15% FS and below, which does not affect the actual use,
is cut off.

↑

50
15
0

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

100
（％FS）

2XWSXWVLJQDO\ )6

Temperature
characteristics
Power voltage
Exterior material
Operating ambient
temperature
Operating ambient
humidity
Insulation resistanceWithstand voltage
Mounting method
Mass（0．5）2 ×100％＝25％（0．2）2 ×100％＝4％（0．15）2×100％＝2．25％（0．1）2 ×100％＝1％（0．05）2×100％＝0．25％

50％
20％
15％
10％
5％

4 to 20 mA DC (input resistance of 50 Ω)
4 to 20 mA DC (load resistance of 500 Ω or lower)
15% FS or below

WO81

Input value

2XWSXWFXWSRLQW)6RUORZHU

025
100（％FS）（
x ％FS）→,QSXWVLJQDO&DOFXODWLRQIRUPXOD \（％)6）＝[（％)6）î

External dimension drawing

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1
$WWDFKPHQWRIQDPHSODWH',1UDLO PP

0WHUPLQDOVFUHZ

EMTGP1
2

INPUT

3

4

5

OUTPUT

6

S.G.

35

ZERO
SPAN
100VAC
7

8

E

9

10

11

EMT1H

73

1

12

EMT6
112

55

EMP5A

！
CautionTerminal screw tightening torque: 0.7 to 1.0 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value because
doing so breaks the instrument body.

Electronic circuit block diagram

EMRT1

HWS15A=HUR 6SDQ
VHWWLQJ VHWWLQJ＋ 1,QSXWVLJQDO

9$&
+]
3RZHULQSXW*URXQGLQJ,QSXWFLUFXLW

9ROWDJH 3KRWRFRXSOHU )UHTXHQF\IUHTXHQF\
YROWDJH&RQYHUVLRQ&RQYHUVLRQFLUFXLWFLUFXLW

Accessories
2XWSXWFLUFXLW

− 2

5 −

7

3RZHUFLUFXLW%83RZHUFLUFXLW$9

4 ＋
2XWSXWVLJQDOApplication

Precautions
Maintenance

6TXDUH
URRWFLUFXLW

6

6*

98

HWS15A

Direct current power unit
List ofproducts

WO81

HWS15A
Direct current power unit
This instrument is used to drive a fine differential pressure sensor or fine differential

WO71

pressure transmitter with 12 to 24 V DC power specification.

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

HWS15A

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions

Product code

Maintenance

HWS15A-24/A◆When making an inquiry or placing an order, specify the above
product code.
◆The DC power device HWS15A is a product manufactured by TDKLambda Corporation.

99

RoHS

HWS15A

Direct current power unit
HWS15A

List ofproducts

Specifications

WO81

HWS15A-24/A

Model
Input voltage

85 to 265 V AC (47 to 63 Hz) or 120 to 370 V DC

Output voltage

24 V DC

Maximum output
current

0.65 A

Output variation at
operating ambient
temperature

0.02%/°C or lower

WO71

FR51A

Overcurrent protection

0.68 A and higher

Operating ambient
temperature−10°C to +70°C (−10°C to +50°C: 100%, +60°C: 80%, +70°C: 60%)

Operating ambient
humidity

30% to 90% RH (no condensation allowed)

Withstand voltage

Between input and FG: 2 kV AC (20 mA), between input and output: 3 kV AC (20 mA)
Between output and FG: 500 V AC (100 mA), each for one minuteInsulation resistance

100 MΩ or higher (between output and FG: 500 V DC, 25°C, 70% RH)

MassApprox. 210 g

MS99

MS99S

◆For use environment, refer to page 118.

MS61A-RA

Terminal connection diagram

FG

AC
85V
to
265V

2XWSXWGLVSOD\/(' JUHHQ
5-M3.5

5

&RYHU
1 ＋V

,QSXWRIWR+]$&

7.3

2 −V

QDP33

For AC input.QREIRUYDULDEOHRXWSXWYROWDJH

4

3

＋24V

（10.1）

GND

External shape drawing

2

1

−

＋

9'&RXWSXW*URXQGLQJ

3 FG

EMD8A

For DC input

5

（14）

'&LQSXW

31.5±1)RUPRXQWLQJ0'HSWKRIPPDWPD[LPXP/HIWVLGHIDFH

4

GND

EMT1

3

＋24V

FG

5 AC(N)

DC
120V
to
370V

（17） 8.4

4 AC（Ｌ）

2

EMTGP1

1−*URXQGLQJ＋

9'&RXWSXW

EMT1H

Terminal screw tightening torque: 1.6 N·m
Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the specified value
because doing so breaks the instrument body.

！
Caution82±1（67.5）
7.3

68±0.5

When there are multiple fine differential pressure transmitters

1 EMT1819MAX

62±0.580±1

8

2)RUPRXQWLQJ0'HSWKRIPP
DWPD[LPXP

24V

（5）

15

0.65A

67±0.5831.5±117

HWS15A-24/A

（5.5）

−

EMT1

3
4
3
4

24V DC
＋
＋

4‒
20mA

−
＋

−

1DPHSODWH

EMT6

EMP5A

0XOWLSOHWZRZLUHW\SHILQHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHUVFRQQHFWLRQGLDJUDP)LQHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU

（10）

EMD7

15 EMT1

3
4＋−

2 '&SRZHU 5
1

VRXUFH

HWS15A
33RZHULQSXW

4*URXQGLQJ＋ 5HFHLYLQJ−GHYLFH＋ 5HFHLYLQJ−GHYLFH＋ 5HFHLYLQJ−GHYLFHEMRT1

HWS15A
1

2

Accessories
Application

15

Precautions
Maintenance

5HOD\WHUPLQDOThis DC power unit <HWS15A> can supply 24 V
DC power to up to 15 two-wire type fine differential
pressure transmitters. Provide relay terminals for DC
power distribution use as shown in the figure above,and supply power to each transmitter. The user should
prepare the relay terminals for distribution use.

100

Accessories

FR51A

For vinyl pipe
6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

EMT1

15

40

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH
0QXWZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

110

15

Item number:LGWKDFURVVPTK―VT4―40
IODWV14

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

Panel cutting
φ10．
5

Material

Panel cutting

Brass/phosphor
bronzeφ6．
5Material

Panel cutting

Brass/phosphor
bronzeφ6．
5Panel cutting:LGWKDFURVVIODWV
φ6±0.1

For metallic pipe

Material
Brass/steel

Item number:LGWKDFURVVIODWVPTK―VT4―110+H[DJRQDOQXW0ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

φ3$LUIORZ
PVRUEHORZ

Item number
PTK―VT6―110:LGWKDFURVVPTK―VT6―110―S Stainless steel
IODWVφ6

MS61A-RA

EMD7

Material

110

MS99S

EMD8A

20

+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

MS99

QDP33

110

φ5.5

Simplified Pitot tube
(simplified staticpressure pipe)

φ7

For measurement of static air pressure at indoor location, etc.

φ5.5Simplified model

Item number

Material

PTK―MT6―110

Brass/steel

PTK―MT6―110―S

Stainless steel

φ10．
5

PT base110
6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH

EMTGP1

φ6

WO71

RoHS

φ6

WO81

Pitot tube

φ3

List ofproducts

32:LGWKDFURVVIODWV+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

EMT1H

EMP5A

EMRT1

Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTK-PT6-110

PBT, brass, steel

φ10．
5

PR base110
6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

φ6

EMT6

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112)or a tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube
outer diameter: 6)+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

42:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance101

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112)or a tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube
outer diameter: 6)

Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTK-PR6-110

PBT, brass, steel

φ10．
5

Accessories
Pitot tube
RoHS

WO81

For measurement of static air pressure at indoor location.

For vinyl pipe
L

60
6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

30

Applicable wall
thickness

Item number

Ｌ
（ mm）

PTW-VT6-100

100

10–80

PTW-VT6-150

150

60–130PTW-VT6-200200

110–180

PTW-VT6-250

250

160–230

PTW-VT6-300

300

210–280

For metallic pipe

L＋5

60

Material

Panel cutting

Brass/steel

φ10．
5+H[DJRQDOQXW0ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

Item number

Ｌ
（ mm）

Applicable wall
thickness

PTW-MT6-100

100

10–80

PTW-MT6-150

150

60–130

PTW-MT6-200200

110–180

PTW-MT6-250

250

160–230

PTW-MT6-300

300

210–280

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA:LGWKDFURVVIODWV35

+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

QDP33

EMD8A

Material

Panel cutting

EMD7

Brass/steel

φ10．
5

EMT1

EMTGP1

Decorative Pitot tube (decorative
static pressure pipe)

φ7

For ceiling and wall (for clean room)

15

EMT1H
1XWZLWKZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

M10

L$SSOLFDEOHZDOOWKLFNQHVV

EMT6

2

Photograph for comparison ofreflection on finished plate surface
φ50
Cutting finish

FR51A+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP+H[DJRQDOQXW0ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

WO71

15

φ6±0.1

Pitot tube for wall (staticpressure pipe for wall)

φ7

Simplified model

List ofproducts

6WDWLFSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

EMP5A

EMRT1

3ODWHVXUIDFH

HWS15A

Mirror surface finish
Item numberL（ mm）PTC-VT6-30-S
PTC-VT6-30-SMF
PTC-VT6-55-S
PTC-VT6-55-SMF

43
43
68
68

Applicable wall
thickness

10–30
10–30
10–55
10–55

Plate surface finish

Material

Panel cutting

Cutting finish
Mirror surface finish
Cutting finish
Mirror surface finish

Accessories

Stainless
steel

φ10．
5

Application

Precautions
Maintenance102

Accessories

WO81

Pitot tube
RoHS

Static pressure tube

For static pressure measurement in measurement of airflow rate/airflow speed (dynamic pressure) in pipes

For vinyl pipe

WO71

20

170

φ6

3
R1

FR51A
90

6WDWLFSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH
VL[ORFDWLRQV

42

MS99

+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

φ7

List ofproducts:LGWKDFURVVIODWVItem number

Material

Panel cutting

PTS-VT6-170

Brass/steel

φ10．
5$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

15

100

R9

MS61A-RA

φ3

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH
IRXUORFDWLRQV

EMD8A

Item number$LUIORZ

EMD7:LGWKDFURVVIODWV+H[DJRQDOQXW0ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

45

QDP33

φ5.5

MS99S

Material

PTS-VT4-100 Brass/phosphor bronze

For metallic pipe

170

Panel cutting

φ6．
5:LGWKDFURVVIODWV14

φ6

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV90

6WDWLFSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH
VL[ORFDWLRQV

42

EMTGP1+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

φ6±0.13R1EMT1$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

EMT1H

PT baseMaterial

Panel cutting

Brass/steel

φ10．
5

170

32

φ6

3
R1

EMT6

Item number

PTS-MT6-170

42

EMRT1

$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

HWS15A:LGWKDFURVVIODWV6WDWLFSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH
VL[ORFDWLRQV

90

EMP5A

+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112) ora tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer
diameter: 6)
Item number

Material

PTS-PT6-170 PBT, brass, steel
170

Precautions

42+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP:LGWKDFURVVIODWV90

6WDWLFSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH
VL[ORFDWLRQV

42

Maintenance$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112) ora tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer
diameter: 6)
Item number

Material

PTS-PR6-170 PBT, brass, steel

103

φ10．
5

3
R1

Application

PR baseφ6

Accessories

Panel cutting

Panel cutting

φ10．
5

Accessories
Pitot tube
RoHS
For total pressure measurement in measurement of airflow rate/airflow speed (dynamic pressure) in pipes

For vinyl pipe

WO71

20

170

WO81

R1

φ7

Total pressure pipe

List ofproducts

3

90

φ6

+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTT-VT6-170

Brass/steel

φ10．
5$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

MS99S
15

100

MS61A-RA:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

QDP33

φ3

R9

45

+H[DJRQDOQXW0ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

For metallic pipe

Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTT-VT4-100

Brass/phosphor bronze

φ6．
5

14

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

170

EMD8A

EMD7

φ6±0.1:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

EMT1

90

φ6

3

R1
+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPPEMTGP1
2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

PT baseItem number

Material

Panel cutting

PTT-MT6-170

Brass/steel

φ10．
5

170

EMT1H

32

R1
φ6

3

EMT6
+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

90

EMP5A

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

PR base

The tube mounting part is a push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112) ora tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer
diameter: 6)
Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTT-PT6-170

PBT, brass, steel

φ10．
5

170

42

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories

φ6

3

R1
+H[DJRQDOQXW*ZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP

Application:LGWKDFURVVIODWVPrecautions

90$LUIORZ

MS99

φ5.5

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
KROH

FR51A

:LGWKDFURVVIODWVMaintenance

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

The tube mounting part is a rotary elbow push-in joint.
For piping, use the separately sold tube (refer to page 112) ora tube compatible with JIS B 8381-1. (Connectable tube outer
diameter: 6)
Item number

Material

Panel cutting

PTT-PR6-170

PBT, brass, steel

φ10．
5

104

Accessories
Pitot tube
List ofproducts

FR51A)ODWZDVKHU VXSSOLHGZLWK3LWRWWXEH
7RRWKHGORFNZDVKHURUVSULQJZDVKHUVXSSOLHGZLWK3LWRWWXEH

îWDSSLQJVFUHZSUHSDUHGKROH
3LWRWWXEHSDFNLQJ

φ34±0.3

Itemnumber

PTK‒□□6
PTF‒6

Details of flange set
MS99ĳ KROH
îWDSSLQJVFUHZ

MS61A-RA

QRWLQFOXGHGLQIODQJHVHW)ODQJH)ODQJHSDFNLQJ

3DQHOFXWWLQJ

NameMaterial

PTS‒□□6
PTT‒□□6

Q’ty

Flange

Steel

t1．
6

1

Flange packing

NBR

t1．
0

1

Pitot tube packing

NBR

t1．
0

1

PTK‒VT4PTF‒4PTS‒VT4
PTT‒VT4

Overall/static pressure pipe For overall/static pressure measurement in measurement of airflow rate/airflow speed (dynamic pressure) in pipes
For vinyl pipe

QDP33

35

4

9LHZ$

φ8

8

R1

EMD8A

L

φ7

MS99S

Applicable Pitot
tube

EMD7
112

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH
HLJKWORFDWLRQVφ50:LGWKDFURVVIODWVφ7

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

48

EMT1
4×φ5.5PRXQWLQJKROH

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH

EMTGP1

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

WO71

Flange set to be mounted on Pitot tube

45

WO81

RoHS

φ40

9LHZ$$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ

EMT1H

The length can be adjusted by moving the flange.

EMP5A

For metallic pipe

Item number

Ｌ (mm)

PTTS‒VT6‒300‒S

300

PTTS‒VT6‒500‒S

500

PTTS‒VT6‒800‒S

800

L

8
R1

9LHZ$

112

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH
HLJKWORFDWLRQV

Application

48$LUIORZ

Precautions

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWKROH

Maintenance

φ50

39

φ8

HWS15A

Accessories

Stainless
steel

φ10．
5

36

4

EMRT1

Material Panel cutting

φ6±0.1EMT6:LGWKDFURVVIODWV2YHUDOOSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH
φ6±0.14×φ5.5PRXQWLQJKROH

9LHZ$

φ40$LUIORZGLUHFWLRQ
The length can be adjusted by moving the flange.

105

Item number

Ｌ (mm)

PTTS‒MT6‒300‒S

300

PTTS‒MT6‒500‒S

500

PTTS‒MT6‒800‒S

800

Material Panel cutting
Stainless
steel

5
φ10．

Accessories
Pitot tube
RoHS

Overall/static pressure pipe For overall/static pressure measurement in measurement of airflow rate/airflow speed (dynamic pressure) in pipes
Dimension drawing

Characteristics brought by inclination of
overall/static pressure pipe

64
φ8

1.0

0°

10°

20°

MS99

MS99S

30°

40°

MS61A-RA

0.9

d / D=0.5

0.8

0.6

φD

0.7

QDP33
φd

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH

FR51A,QFOLQDWLRQDQJOH
5DWLREHWZHHQJHQHUDWHGSUHVVXUHVîĳ6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWKROH

48
R4

6WDWLFSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

WO81

WO71

The ratio between the pressure generated
when the tip straight pipe part of theoverall/static pressure pipe is set inparallel to the airflow and the pressure
generated when it is inclined against theflow direction is shown in the figure below.
When the inclination angle is 10° or less,the pipe can be used without problems.

2YHUDOOSUHVVXUH
VLGHEDVH

List ofproducts

EMD8A

0.5
0.4

EMD7

EMT1

Pressure detector

EMTGP1

Static pressure hole (construction at the customer)<Reference drawing>

φd=2‒6≥2d$LUIORZ○	Static pressure hole is a hole orthogonally made in
the pipe wall.
○	As the hole diameter is greater than the staticpressure pipe diameter, this hole is useful for air
with a lot of dust and when the pipe diameter issmall.
○	Although the structure is simple, it is inappropriate if
the pipe wall is thin.

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

！ Precautions on use of pressure detector○	Install the static pressure pipe, total pressure pipe, andoverall/static pressure pipe (Pitot tube) such that the tip
straight pipe part is in parallel (10° or less) to the airflow
direction.
○	If a pressure detector is used for measurement of thincorrosive mixed gas, use such a pressure detector thatis made of stainless steel or other materials capable ofwithstanding those gases because the materials to becorroded differ depending on the type of the gas.
○	When installing a pressure detector, provide the necessary
straight pipe parts in the frontward and/or rearward flow
directions in the duct.

EMT1H

HWS15A○	In airflow rate/speed measurements, conduct design andcalculation such that the necessary detection airflow speed
is over 2 m/s, and then check the actual airflow speed.
As the detection pressure to be generated at an airflow
speed of 2 m/s is approx. 2.5 Pa, it is difficult to measure
an airflow speed of 2 m/s or below at a high accuracy. If the
airflow speed falls below 2 m/s, narrow the duct cross section
until the airflow speed at the pressure detection part reaches
the necessary value.
○	All pressure detectors are not suitable for detection with air
containing much dirt and dust and air containing oily mist.
If a pressure detector needs to be used with such air out ofnecessity, occasionally dismount the detector and clean it.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance106

Accessories
List ofproducts

WO81

How to use the Pitot tube
Measurement method of static pressure and dynamic pressure
Measurement method of static pressure

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

1. Method using static pressure pipe
2. Method using a static pressure hole, which is asmooth hole made along duct inner wall so that noprotrusion into the duct is made3. Method using pipe (simplified Pitot tube) at an
orthogonal angle to the duct inner wall. However, to
use this method, the flow speed must be 1 m/s or
below. If the flow speed is higher than that, the error
will be greater because of the influence of the dynamic
pressure.

Diagram for explanation of total pressure, staticpressure, and dynamic pressure

Pt

Measurement method of dynamic pressure
To know a flow speed, only measuring the dynamic
pressure of the flow obtains it. However, the dynamic
pressure cannot be directly measured. Therefore, use
the formula below.
Total pressure − Static pressure = Dynamic pressure
The dynamic pressure can be obtained from thedifferential pressure between the pressure at the totalpressure pipe and that at the static pressure pipe.
1. Method of installing static pressure pipe and total pressure
pipe at a distance D between them. (Refer to page 116)
2. Method of installing overall/static pressure pipe

Measurement method of static pressure and dynamic pressure
The measurement method for flow speed using the Pitot
tube is relatively simple and highly reliable, but as the airflow
speed decreases, the detection pressures (total pressure,static pressure) and the differential pressure (dynamic
pressure) between them also decrease, and accurate
measurement is disabled at an airflow speed of 2 m/s orlower.

Airflow speed - dynamic pressure relationship table
30

100 ℃

Calculation formula of flow speed by means of
the Pitot tube
V（m/s）＝

Precautions43

ρ＝1.293 kg/m3

107

10

20

30

40 50 6070

80 100
90

200

300

400 500

Total pressure − Static pressure = Dynamic pressure (Pa)

Measurement of airflow rate by means of the Pitot tube
○ Set the tip straight pipe part of the Pitot tube inparallel to the flow. As the measurement points,
set the 10 points on each of two diameter linesthat cross each other at the right angle on themeasurement pipe cross section, 20 points in total,
as shown in the formula on the right. However, as
this method requires substantial time and effort, it
is not suitable for commercial use.
○ Use of a composite Pitot tube, in which Pitot tubes
in large number are used, is convenient.
○ Method to obtain approximate flow rate bymeasuring the maximum airflow speed at thecenter of pipe with a single Pitot tube
Flow rate = Maximum airflow speed × Pipe crosssection area × 0.9

Measurement points
in Pitot tube

Composite Pitot tube

0HDVXUHPHQW
SRLQW

R

r3
r4

r5

Maintenance

50 ℃

7
6
5

r2

Application

0℃$LUIORZ10
VSHHG 9PV 82
ρ （Pt－Ps）

Where,
ρ: Fluid density (kg/m3)
Pt: Total pressure (Pa)Ps: Static pressure (Pa)
Density of dry air at 0°C and one atmosphere

200 ℃

20

r1

Accessories

Pd

Pt (total pressure) = P
 s (static pressure) +Pd (dynamic pressure)

EMRT1

HWS15APs

r1＝0．316R
r2＝0．548R
r3＝0．707R

r4＝0．837R
r5＝0．949R

NEW AEROEYE*NEW AEROEYE is a product manufactured andsold by Wetmaster Co., Ltd.

Accessories
How to use the Pitot tube

List ofproducts

Guide for Pitot tube installation location

WO81

Depending on the pipe layout, the flow may be disturbed, which may affect the measurement accuracy.
Therefore, when installing a Pitot tube, we recommend securing a sufficient straight pipe length equal to or greater than thecorresponding value in the table below.
P

D: Duct diameter
Round duct
D = duct inner diameter
Pitot tube installation location
D = (duct inner width + height) / 2
Square duct

L1

L1

L2

Dimension on
downstream side(L2)

90° bend or
single tee

6D

4D

L2

MS99S

MS61A-RA

P

L1

FR51A

MS99

P

P

Dimension on
upstream side
(L1)
Without flow
straighter

WO71

Two or more
90° bends
on the same
plane

L2

10D

4D

QDP33

EMD8A
Two or more
90° bends
on different
planes

P

L1

L2

（
P

P

L1

L2

L1

L2

P

L1

L2

Shrinkingpipe orexpanding
pipe

4D

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1
6D

4D
EMT1H

EMT6
12D

4D
EMP5A

EMRT1

P

L2

）

Gate valve,fully openP

L1

There must be a distanceof 5D or greater between
two bends.

19D

L1

L2

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance108

Accessories
Conduit parts
RoHS

WO81

Pulsation prevention device
WO71

For vinyl pipe

For metallic pipe
RS‒MT6‒02
RS‒MT6‒03
RS‒MT6‒04
RS‒MT6‒06

Applicable pressure
range
200 Pa or below
300 to 1000 Pa
2 to 10 kPa
20 kPa or higher

75

φA

FR51A

This is used when the turbulence of the air to bemeasured is strong or the indication or output
fluctuates. Install a pulsation prevention device thatsuites the pressure range of the instrument.

Item number
For vinyl pipe
RS-VT6‒02
RS‒VT4‒02
RS‒VT6‒03
RS‒VT4‒03
RS‒VT6‒04
RS‒VT4‒04−
RS‒VT6‒06

φA

List ofproducts

MS99:LGWKDFURVV :LGWKDFURVVIODWVIODWVMS99S

Item number A (mm)RS-VT4-□□
5．5
RS-VT6-□□7:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWVFor metallic pipe

Material
Brass

EMD7

Corrosive gas absorberThis is used to measure the gas that corrodes thematerials (aluminum alloy, copper alloy, iron, steel, etc.)
used in the instrument.

For vinyl pipe

φ6±0.1*UDQXODUDFWLYDWHGFDUERQ

150

EMT1
:LGWKDFURVV

Air filter for instrument
EMP5A

This is used to measure air containing much dirt anddust.

φ6±0.1For vinyl pipe

EMRT1

Accessories
Application！
Caution•	This can be installed in any orientation.
•	The effect varies depending on the use environment and thegas to be measured.

φ6±0.1

For metallic pipe

HWS15A

Mounting method
Install each one piece of pulsation prevention device,corrosive gas absorber, and air filter for instrument on eachof high-pressure (H) side and low-pressure (L) side in the
middle of the pipe between the pressure detector and the
instrument as shown in the figure on the right.

109

Material
Stainless steel:LGWKDFURVVIODWVItem number A (mm) Material
AF-VT4
5．5
Brass
7
AF-VT650:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

38

Item number
AF-MT6

Precautions
MaintenanceItem number
FG-MT6-S

138

φ6±0.1

Caution•	This can be installed in any orientation.
•	The effect varies depending on the use environment and thegas to be measured.

φA

EMT6

！

Material
Stainless steel:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

φA

EMT1H

Item number
FG-VT6-S

φ27

For metallic pipe IODWVEMTGP1

Material
Brass

φ6±0.1EMD8A

Item number
RS-MT6-□□

φ7

Caution

49

φ27

！

φ7

QDP33

•	This can be installed in any orientation.
•	The purpose of use is to suppress the pulsation to the extent thatthe operation is not obstructed, and the effect becomes greater
as the pulsation increases, but it does not completely eliminate
pulsation.
•	The effect varies depending on the use environment.

φ6±0.1MS61A-RAMaterial
Brass

Installation
location

Installation location
H

LAccessories
Conduit parts
RoHS

List ofproducts

WO81

For metallic pipe39

φ6±0.1:LGWKDFURVVIODWVFor vinyl pipe

26

Item number
TMT6-6-6

For metallic pipe

13

φ6±0.1φB

φA

Item number A (mm) B (mm) Material
SVT4-4

5．5

5．5

7

5．5

EMT6
Item number
SMT6-6

Item
numberφB

φA

PVT6-6
PVT4-4
PVT6-4

EMRT1

7
5．
5
7

7
5．
5
5．
5

Brass/steel
Brass/steel
Brass/steel

φ10．
5

HWS15A

Accessories
Application
Maximum applicable panel thickness: 6 mm
Item number Material Panel cutting
PMT6-6
Brass/steel
φ10．
5+H[DJRQDOQXW*:LGWKDFURVVIODWVPrecautions
Maintenance

φ6±0.1φA:LGWKDFURVV :LGWKDFURVVIODWVIODWV

38

EMP5A

A (mm) B (mm) Material Panel cutting+H[DJRQDOQXW*:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

φ6±0.1:LGWKDFURVVIODWVMaterial
Brass

Maximum applicable panel thickness: 6 mm

31

:LGWKDFURVVIODWVφ6±0.1

EMT1H

19

Brass

+H[DJRQDOQXW*:LGWKDFURVVIODWV:LGWKDFURVVIODWVEMT1

EMTGP1

7

20

For metallic/vinyl pipe

Material
Brass

Noncompliant with RoHS:LGWKDFURVV :LGWKDFURVVIODWVIODWVSVT6-4EMD8A

Item number
LMT6-6

39

7

MS61A-RA

EMD7

For metallic pipe

SVT6-6

MS99S

QDP33

:LGWKDFURVVIODWV13

φ6±0.1

2×φA

18.5

For vinyl pipe

For metallic pipe

Material
Brass

Noncompliant with RoHS

Item number A (mm) Material
LVT6-67
Brass
5．5
LVT4-4For vinyl pipe

MS99

φ6±0.1

18.5

Panelpenetration joint

FR51A
φ6±0.1

φ6±0.1

Item number A (mm) B (mm) Material
TVT6-6-6
7
7
TVT6- 4-6
7
5．5
Brass
TVT4-6- 4
5．5
7
TVT4- 4- 4
5．5
5．5

Straight joint

WO71

13

2×φA
φB

Elbow joint

Noncompliant with RoHS

φ6±0.1For vinyl pipe

18.5

T joint

Maximum applicable panel thickness: 6 mm
(22)

31

Item number A (mm) Material Panel cutting
PMVT6-6
7
Brass/steel
φ10．
5
PMVT6-4
5．
5
Brass/steel

110

Accessories

WO81

WO71

Conduit parts
RoHS
It is possible to connect soft tubes with an inner diameter of 4 to 6 mm.
For soft tubes with an inner diameter of 4 to 6 mm.

T joint, four-step barb type

φ4．
6
φ5
φ5．
5
φ7
φ6．
2

24

List ofproducts

FR51A

50

MS99

Item number
Material
TVT-FB
Brass
TVT-FB-S Stainless steel (316 L)

MS99S

MS61A-RA

For soft tubes with an inner diameter of 4 to 6 mm.

Straight joint, four-step barb type

50
φ4．
6
φ5
φ5．
5
φ7
φ6．
2

QDP33

EMD8A

Item number
Material
SVT-FB
Brass
SVT-FB-S Stainless steel (316 L)

EMD7

For soft tubes with an inner diameter of 4 to 6 mm.

Panel penetration joint, four-step barb type

+H[DJRQDOQXW*
1XWZLWKZLGWKDFURVVIODWVRIPP:LGWKDFURVVIODWV

φ4．
6
φ5
φ5．
5
φ7
φ6．
2

EMT1

EMTGP1
25

EMT1H

36
Maximum applicable panel thickness: 6 mm

Item number
Material
Panel cutting
PVT-FB
Brass
5
φ10．
PVT-FB-S Stainless steel (316 L/304)

EMT6

Others
EMP5A

Hose band
This is used to secure (disconnection prevention) theconnection part of vinyl pipe.

EMRT1

Use example

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceApplicablepipe outer
diametermm

XHB6-S

6

XHB8-S

8

XHB6

6

XHB8

8

XHB10

10

XHB12

12

Inner sleeve set

This is used to connect a plastic pipe (outer diameter 6 mm × innerdiameter 4 mm) by using a base for metallic pipe.
Details of set: each one piece of inner and sleeve
Use example ,QQHU PDGHRIUHVLQ

Material

End cap
This is used to protect the VT basefor a tube connection.

Stainless
steel

Iron

Part for metallic pipe Sleeve

Item number

Inner
diameterMaterial

XBC8X6X15

6Polyvinyl chloride

Part for metallic pipe Nut(Auxiliary item)(Auxiliary item)

6OHHYH PDGHRIUHVLQ
3ODVWLFSLSH

Item number
XIN6X4111

ItemnumberMaterial
Polypropylene

Item number
KGAMT-SLVKGAMT-SLV-S

Material
Brass
Stainless steel

Item number
KGAMT-NUT
KGAMT-NUT-S

Material
Brass
Stainless steel

Accessories
Conduit parts
RoHS

List ofproducts

WO81

Vinyl tube

Urethane tube
WO71
• This is a transparent tube
with high flexibility.

FR51A

MS99
*Containing polyvinyl chloride
MS99S

Urethane tube UF

MS61A-RA• Excellent in mechanical strength and, in particular, wear resistance.
• Excellent in heat resistance and cold resistance. Operating ambient
temperatures: −20°C to +60°C• Equipped with high impact resilience.
• With a small bending radius, this model offers excellent workability.

QDP33

EMD8A

Minimum bending radius: 14 mm

Nylon tube

EMD7

• Excellent in mechanical strength and, in particular, pressure
resistance, wear resistance, and resistance to fatigue from flexing.
• Excellent in heat resistance and cold resistance. Operating ambient
temperatures: −20°C to +60°C• Excellent in oil resistance and chemical resistance (alkali resistancein particular).
• There is no risk of elution of hazardous substances.
• Light in weight, this model offers excellent workability.

EMT1

EMTGP1Minimum bending radius: 50 mm

EMT1HSize mm
Item number

Inner
Outer
diameter diameterStandard length (m)*
Color
1

2

5

10

20

50

100

Connectability with
Hardnesspush-in joint

VT4-6

4

6

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

×

VT4-8

4

8

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

×

VT6-8

6

8

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

Vinyl

EMP5A
Soft

×

EMRT1

Clear
VT6-12

6

12

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

×

UT4-6

4

6

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

×

UT6-8

6

8

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

×

Urethane UF

UF4-6

4

6

○

○

○

○

○

○

−

Black

○

Nylon

NT4-6

4

6

○

○

○

○

○

×

○

Opaque
white

○

EMT6

HWS15A

UrethaneAccessories
Hard*If you desire a tube in a length other than above, contact us.

Application

Precautions
Maintenance！
Caution• Securely attach the connection part of the vinyl pipe with a hose band.
• On the base for vinyl pipe, use a vinyl pipe or rubber pipe with a wall thickness of 1 mm or higher. However, for a pressure range or line pressure of 50 kPa or
higher, select a pipe with pressure resistance (including vacuum pressure), such as a vinyl pipe with a wall thickness of 2 mm or higher.
• On the base for the metallic pipe, it is possible to use both of copper pipe and aluminum pipe, but be sure to observe the outer diameter of 6 mm with a toleranceof ±0.1 mm.
• Tighten the cap nut for metallic pipe by 3/4 to 1 turn.

112

Combination
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

Combination with fine differential pressure transmitter
When you use a fine differential pressure transmitter in combination with a displaying instrument or other device, select them by referring to
the combination table below.

Transmission
methodFine differential pressure transmitter

Displaying
instrument

Relevant device
Airflow rate measurement

FR51A

MS99

EMT1A

MS61A-RA

EMT6

EMTGP1B

EMTGP1A
Intrinsically safe type

QDP33

EMT1H

Intrinsicallysafe circuit

EMD8A*Installation at hazardous locations

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

113

Receiving
instrument

HWS15A

EMRT1

EMP5A

〜

〜

〜

If a DC power circuit is
not incorporated into
the receiving device,
use the device in
combination with thispower unit.

For airflow ratemeasurement, a squareroot calculation circuit isnecessary.
If a square root
calculation circuit is
not incorporated into
the receiving device,
use the device in
combination with thiscalculator.

The receiving
instrument EMP5A is
incorporated with a
DC power circuit and asquare root calculation
circuit.

Adjustment meter〜*We do not handle
adjustment meters.

Four-wire
type
EMT1B

EMT1A

EMT1H

Square root
calculator

EMT1B

MS99S
Two-wiretype

Direct current
power unit〜
◆〜 : Represents power voltage of 100 V AC 50/60 Hz. (For the power voltage input range, refer to the page describing each product.)◆Be sure to combine our receiving instrument with a fine differential pressure transmitter with the same pressure range as that on the nameplate attachedto the body of the receiving instrument.
◆Please be advised that if a failure occurs because of the combination of our product with a device from another manufacturer, we shall assume no
responsibility. Therefore, pay due attention to the functions and circuits of the device.
◆When installing a device as an intrinsically safe device, pay attention to hazardous and non-hazardous locations. (Refer to page 87)◆When you use these products for airflow rate/airflow speed measurements, we need to obtain the specifications of the pressure detection side. Fill out
the airflow rate/airflow speed specification document preparation sheet on page 15, and inform us of the data.

Application
Use example

List ofproducts

Static pressure measurement◆Measurement of static air Monitoring of pressure inside room and alarm issuance(1) E xample of use in clean
room

WO71

Fine differential
pressure gauge

The instrument is used to monitor the
positive pressure in a clean room. By
keeping the clean room under positive
pressure, inflow of air from the outside
is prevented.

H

H
Positivepressure

PositivepressureH(2) E xample of use at factorythat handles hazardous
substances

WO81
H: high pressure side L: low pressure side

Fine
differential
pressureswitchFine differential
pressure sensor

MS61A-RA

L

QDP33

L

Negativepressure

Negativepressure

Fine differential
pressure sensor

EMD8A

L
Fine
differential
pressure switch

EMD7

EMT1

◆For internal pressure explosion-proof
When devices are used in an explosive
atmosphere, they are used after clean
air is supplied for a certain time until
the pressure stipulated by the relevant
law or regulation is reached.

MS99

MS99S

Fine differential
pressure gauge

The instrument is used to monitor
negative pressure. By keeping theinside of the factory under negative
pressure, leakage of air in the factory to
the outside is prevented.

FR51A

EMTGP1Fine differential
pressure switch

Instrumentation panel

Instrumentation panel

H

Explosive
atmosphere

H

Explosive
atmosphere

EMT1H

Fine differential
pressure sensor

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

◆Liquid level gauge (air purge type)
A pipe is inserted into a tank, and a tiny
amount of air is released from the tip of
the pipe. At this point, as the pressure
inside the pipe reaches [liquid level
height × specific gravity of liquid], it ispossible to know the liquid level heightif the specific gravity of the liquid is
known.

Fine differential
pressure gauge
H

SuppliedairPressure- Throttle
reducing
valve
valve

！

HWS15A
Rotor-type
flowmeter

Fine differential
pressure
sensor H

InsertionpipehSuppliedairPressure- Throttle
reducing
valve
valve

Rotor-type
flowmeter
InsertionpipehAccessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceSelect the base, piping material, and other components in accordance with the use environment.

Caution114

Application

WO81

Use example
Static pressure measurement◆Measurement of flowing air Monitoring of ventilation/exhaust device and alarm issuance
Fine differential pressure gauge,
fine differential pressure switch,or fine differential pressure sensor

WO71

L

FR51A

MS99S

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

6D or higher

Positivepressure

Negativepressure

Fine differential
pressure switch

When the fan in an electric heater
stops during energization of the heater,
the fine differential pressure switch
is activated to stop all devices andprevents temperature rises and fusingof the heater.

Maintenance

H

Fine differential
pressure gauge
H
H

Fine differential
pressure switch

Fine differential
pressure sensor

H(3) For control of airflow rate
in drying furnaces and tunnel
ceramic kilns
To keep hot airflow in an optimum
condition, the airflow is monitored via
the fine differential pressure switch,and once the airflow condition worsens,
an alarm is issued, or the hot airflow isshut off, and the device is stopped.

！
Caution115

Fine differential
pressure sensor

H

EMRT1

Precautions

4D or higher

Straight
pipe part(1) For prevention of burnaccidents from an electricheater

EMT6

Application

Staticpressuretube

In measurements of static pressure inside a normal duct, because of turbulence, it may become difficult to read the value on a finedifferential pressure gauge as the pointer pulsates, or the measurement value is subject to error. Therefore, be sure to attach a staticpressure pipe to the straight pipe part with a determined length. Because the static pressure in the duct becomes positive pressure andnegative pressure before and after the fan, be sure to connect pipes by paying attention to the polarities of the bases (high-pressure side,
low-pressure side) of the fine differential pressure gauge, fine differential pressure switch, and fine differential pressure sensor.

The fine differential pressure switch
detects incomplete combustion due toinsufficient exhaust and combustion
stoppage due to a failure of the air
blower, and issues an alarm.

Accessories

H

6D or higher

4D or higher(2) For monitoring of flueexhaust/burner air supply

HWS15AL

Straight
pipe part

EMT1H

EMP5A

Fine differential pressure gauge,
fine differential pressure switch,or fine differential pressure sensor
Atmospheric pressure

Staticpressure
tube

MS99

MS61A-RA

H

H: high pressure side L: low pressure side

D

List ofproducts

Fine differential
pressure gaugeLFine
differential
pressureswitchL

L

Fine differential
pressure sensor

Select the base, piping material, and other components in accordance with the use environment. The dimensions on the upstream side andthose on the downstream side differ depending on the duct shape. For details, refer to page 108.

Application
Use example

List ofproducts

Measurement of airflow rate and airflow speed

WO81◆Example of use for detecting airflow rate in ducts(1) F or Pitot tubes (overall/static pressure pipe)

H: high pressure side L: low pressure side

Fine differential
pressure gauge
L

L

H

H

Center ofduct

Overall/staticpressure pipe

Center ofduct

6D or higher

6D or higher

4D or higher

Straight
pipe part

4D or higher

Straight
pipe part

MS61A-RA

Fine differential
pressure gauge
H

L

H

L

Total
pressure pipe

Staticpressure pipe

Center of
duct

1D
6D or higher

Totalpressure pipe

Staticpressure pipe

1D

QDP33
Fine differential
pressure sensor
Center ofductD

To obtain airflow rate/airflow speed
simply and at a low cost, use the staticpressure pipe and total pressure pipe
as shown in the figure on the right.

6D or higher

4D or higher

4D or higher

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1Fine differential
pressure gauge

L

L

H

D

Fine differential
pressure sensor

EMT1H

EMT6

D

Orifice

OrificeH

6D or higher

EMD8A

Straight
pipe part

Straight
pipe partA device that throttles a conduit inwhich air flows by means of a circularplate with a round hole is called an
orifice. Narrowly throttling the conduit
increases the flow speed and reduces
the static pressure. At this point, bymeasuring the differential pressure
before and after the orifice, the airflow
rate is calculated.
*We do not handle orifices.

MS99S

D

(2) F
 or Pitot tubes (staticpressure pipe + totalpressure pipe)(3) For orifices

MS99

D

Overall/staticpressure pipe

WO71

FR51A

D

When the airflow speed is faster than 2
m/s, it is possible to detect the dynamic
pressure by installing a overall/staticpressure pipe and obtain the airflow
speed by a calculation formula (referto page107). When the maximum
airflow speed at the center of the duct
is obtained, it is possible to obtain the
airflow rate by the formula [Maximum
airflow speed × Duct cross section area
× 0.9].

Fine differential
pressure sensor

6D or higher

4D or higher

Straight
pipe part

4D or higher

Straight
pipe part

EMP5A

EMRT1

(4) F
 or composite Pitot
tubes

Fine differential
pressure gauge

By equally dividing a duct crosssection, installing a single Pitot tube
at the center of each division, andby gathering the total pressures andstatic pressures, respectively, of those
Pitot tubes, it is possible to extract the
average total pressure and average
static pressure at the same time.
*We do not handle composite Pitot
tubes.
For details, make an inquiry to thecomposite Pitot tube manufacturer.

L

L

H

H
Fine differential
pressure sensor

HWS15AD

Accessories
Application

D

Precautions
Straight pipe section

Maintenance

Straight pipe part！
CautionSelect the base, piping material, and other components in accordance with the use environment. The dimensions on the upstream side andthose on the downstream side differ depending on the duct shape. For details, refer to page 108.

116

Application

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Measurement of pressure loss

◆For detection of clogging of filters
By installing two static pressure
tubes, one each before and after
the filter, and measuring thepressure loss, it is possible to know
the degree of clogging of the filter.
Generally, a pressure range with its
maximum value ranging from 300
Pa to 1000 Pa is used.

H: high pressure side L: low pressure side
Fine diﬀerential pressure gauge
H

L

Staticpressure tube

Staticpressure tube

1D

H

Staticpressure tube

Staticpressure tube

Air filter

Air filter
0.5D

L

Fine differential
pressure sensor

D

WO81

Use example

D

List ofproducts

0.5D

4D or higher

1D

4D or higher

6D or higher

6D or higher

Straight
pipe part

Straight
pipe part◆For transmission of the drive signal of automatic filters
When the filter is clogged andthe airflow rate decreases, thefine differential pressure switch
is switched. Switching of thefine differential pressure switch
energizes and starts the filter
winding motor to feed a new filter.

Fine differential pressure gauge
Fine differential
pressure switch

L

H

H

L

L

H

Fine
differential
pressure
sensor

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1◆For bug filter dust collectors
The fine differential pressure switch
detects the dust collection amountin accordance with the clogging
condition of the bug filter and thecycle, and operates the aeration
device to clean the bug filter.

Fine differential
pressuregauge

HFine differential
pressure switch

L
H

Fine differential L
pressure
sensor

L

H

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application◆For detection of the defrosting cycle of cooling coilIn the cooling operation, to prevent
attachment of frost on the coolingcoil and decrease of its function,
the fine differential pressure switch
detects the frost attachment amountand issues a defrosting operation
instruction.

Fine differential
pressure switchH

Fine
differential
pressureLsensorL

H

Measurement of static pressure and pressure loss
◆For glove boxes

Instruments are used to control the inner pressure, and the target
object in the glove box is handled by means of a reacher. (Thefigure on the right illustrates a use example in which the pressurein the box interior is set to a negative pressure to prevent leakage
from the inside.)

Precautions

ExhaustFine differential
pressure gauge
L

Fine differential
pressure gauge
H

L

Fine
differential
pressureswitchMaintenanceAir filter

Fine differential
pressure gauge
L

L
Negativepressure！
Caution117

Select the base, piping material, and other components inaccordance with the use environment. The dimensions on
the upstream side and those on the downstream side differ
depending on the duct shape. For details, refer to page 108.

Reacher

Air filter

HPrecautions on use！

Precautions common to instruments

Precautions on handling○ When pressure that exceeds the withstand pressure of a pressure-receiving element is applied to an instrument, the diaphragm and thesurrounding portion will break.
○ When pressure that exceeds the instrument body withstand pressure is applied to an instrument, the instrument case, transparent
cover, and other parts will explode or break.
○ When pressure that exceeds the withstand pressure of a pressure-receiving element is simultaneously applied to each of the highpressure (H) side and low-pressure (L) side of an instrument, the arriving pressures may differ from each other depending on the
difference in chamber capacity or piping capacity between the high-pressure (H) side and low-pressure (L) side of the instrument tocause a force that exceeds the withstand pressure of the pressure-receiving element, possibly leading to breakage or deformation of
the diaphragm and its surrounding portion. When simultaneously applying pressure that exceeds the withstand pressure of a pressurereceiving element from the high-pressure (H) side and low-pressure (L) side, gradually increase the pressure by taking time. Also, whenreleasing the pressure, gradually decrease the pressure.

What is the withstand pressure of a pressure-receiving element?
This term refers to the maximum pressure (withstand pressure on one side) that a diaphragm can withstandso as not to break and deform, and it is the pressure to be applied to either one of the high-pressure (H) sideor the low-pressure (L) side.
What is instrument body withstand pressure?
This term refers to the maximum pressure (withstand pressure on both sides) that an instrument body cansafely withstand without breaking, and it is the pressure to be applied to both the high-pressure (H) sideand the low-pressure (L) side. The term does not mean the pressure that guarantees the airtightness of an
instrument.
○ Manostar products are precision devices. If you drop a Manostar product, its exterior and the internal mechanism may break.
○ Do not disassemble Manostar products.
○ When removing dirt from a product surface, wipe the dirt off with a cloth moistened with mild neutral detergent. When an organic
solvent is used on a Manostar product, its surface may corrode from the solvent, and the resin may crack.
○ In the event of an overcurrent that exceeds the contact specification, the contact of a switch will be welded.
○ Install such an instrument that requires a power source away from machines that generate strong high frequencies (high-frequency
welder, high-frequency sealer, etc.) and strong drive power sources as much as possible.
○ When a power supply is connected to a signal input and output terminal by mistake, the device interior will be burned.
○ For current/voltage input and output signal lines, use wires with shielding in order to prevent induction problems. Do not put input andoutput signal lines close to a power line or pass them through the same conduit as that for a power line.

Use environment○ Avoid using a product in a location exposed to direct sunlight, strong vibrations or impacts, or with high humidity for many hours. In
particular, vibrations and impacts shorten the service life of the instrument.
○ Because our instruments are not waterproof, do not use them in locations directly exposed to rainwater and other liquids. Our
instruments cannot be directly installed outdoors. When it is necessary to install an instrument at an outdoor location, house theinstrument in a drip-proof housing for outdoor use.

Zero point setting○ After installing an instrument, adjust the zero point in the orientation in which the instrument is used.
○ Be sure to conduct the zero-point setting after opening the high-pressure side and low-pressure side bases to the atmosphere or
stopping the machine and then completely eliminating the residual pressure.

List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

High-pressure side and low-pressure side polarities○ High-pressure side and low-pressure side polarities depend on the bases.
○ On models WO81 and WO71 FS type/PS type (side face piping), it is possible to convert the polarity by exchanging the bases. The
high-pressure and low-pressure sides are identified with the colors of red and blue, respectively.
○ In a single pressure measurement, if a measurement is conducted by removing a base for which piping is not necessary, the gauge will
not operate normally.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance118

Precautions on use！
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

FR51A

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

Precautions common to instruments

Measurement of single pressure (biased pressure)○For Manostar products, “differential pressure” is indicated. “Absolute pressure” and “gauge pressure” are not indicated. Once either one of
the bases on the high-pressure and low-pressure sides is opened to the atmosphere, the indication will be “gauge pressure.” This is called“single pressure (biased pressure)” in contrast to differential pressure.
○When conducting a single pressure measurement by opening one of bases, carefully check the duct internal pressure (line pressure) and
use the gauge in a range suitable for the pressure.
○To measure positive pressure, connect a pipe to the high-pressure side base (red, or H). Although the low-pressure side is open to theatmosphere, do not remove the low-pressure side base (blue, or L).
○To measure negative pressure, connect a pipe to the low-pressure side base (blue, or L). Although the high-pressure side is open to theatmosphere, do not remove the high-pressure side base (red, or H).
○To measure a single pressure (biased pressure) with a zero center range instrument, connect a pipe to the high-pressure side base (red, or
H). Do not remove the low-pressure side base, which will be open to the atmosphere. The significant value on the scale plate indicates the
single pressure.

Prevention of clogging of pipe by drainage

Drain tank installation diagram *DXJH
VZLWFK○When drainage accumulates in the middle of a pipe, pressure
measurements are subject to errors. Therefore, be sure to install an
instrument at a location higher than the pressure extraction port of apressure detector to prevent drainage from accumulating in part ofthe pipe.
○If this precaution cannot be observed out of necessity, install a draintank in the middle of the pipe as shown on the right and periodicallyclean the tank.
○After cleaning, confirm that airtightness is positively maintained.

'UDLQ
WDQN

EMD7

'UDLQ

Individual piping&KDPEHU$ &KDPEHU%6ZLWFK*DXJH

Shared piping ×○

6ZLWFK*DXJH

3DWK

EMTGP1○In piping with a pressure detector and an instrument, provide a single
pipe for each system as shown on the right, and do not share the pipewith the neighboring system.
○When shared piping is made, the pressures of the respective systems
interfere with each other, leading to errors.

3DWK

Prohibition of shared piping
EMT1&KDPEHU$ &KDPEHU%6ZLWFK*DXJH

6ZLWFK
*DXJH

EMT1H

EMT6

EMP5A

Measurement of pressure of high-temperaturegas○To measure the pressure of a high-temperature gas, use temperatureresistant metal (stainless steel, for example) in the pressure detector(Pitot tube), and connect to an instrument body with a metal pipe
having a length necessary for cooling the high-temperature gas.

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

119

'UDIW

0HWDOOLF
SLSH

6HYHUDOKXQGUHG
GHJUHHV&HOVLXVFKLPQH\

Error due to long-distance piping○When the pipe of an instrument is long, the instrument’s response
speed will be slower.
Make the size of the pipe in the middle as large as possible.
If the piping condition significantly differs between the high-pressure
side and low-pressure side, the piping resistance also differs
between the high-pressure side and low-pressure side, and there will
be a difference in the pressure arrival time, making it impossible toaccurately measure the differential pressure.

3LSLQJOHQJWK

Precautions on use！

Precautions common to instruments

List ofproducts

Installation of base●Common• Tightening torque
The airtightness between the base connection part of an instrument and the base and sealing cap is maintained by an
O-ring. Install the bases and sealing caps to the following tightening torques. Do not tighten to a torque that exceeds the
specified value because doing so breaks the instrument body.
• Base for metallic/vinyl pipe……………………1N·m:UHQFKIRUWLJKWHQLQJXVH• Sealing cap………………………………………0.5N·m• Combined use of a stabilizing wrench
When tightening a cap nut on a base for metallic pipe, a joint tobe connected to an adapter, or other part, positively secure thebase or adapter body with a stabilizing wrench. If a cap nut or joint
is tightened without securing the base or adapter, the instrument
body or the base body will break.
&DSQXWRUMRLQW
Also, when loosening the cap nut or joint, a stabilizing wrench is
6WDELOL]LQJZUHQFKWREHFRQQHFWHG
necessary.
%DVHERG\

6WDLQOHVV7DSHUHGVHFWLRQRIERG\&DSQXW VWHHOSLSH●PT base, PR base
5HOHDVHULQJ
7XEH• Connection of tube
Insert a tube whose end is cut at a right angle to the base all theway to the end.
)URQWIHUUXOH%DVHERG\ %DFNIHUUXOH• Disconnection of tube
Push the tube once, and then pull out the tube while pushing therelease ring along the tube.
Although the operating ambient temperature of the PT baseand PR base6WDLQOHVV
is 0°C to 60°C
(no freezing allowed), do not use
7DSHUHGVHFWLRQ%DVHERG\VWHHOSLSH%DVHERG\
RIERG\&DSQXW
them in an environment where the ambient temperature
exceeds theoperatingambient temperature of the instrument.
6WDLQOHVV
Failure to follow this instruction may lead to a failure or breakage of the instrument. Use a tube with a difference
betweenVWHHOSLSH
its maximum outer diameter and minimum outer diameter of 0.2 mm or less and an exterior free of scratches.
When a tube is going to be subject to repetitive connection and disconnection, cut off the0DWLQJ
tip of the tube by 3 mm or longer.
PDUN●MTW base• Method to tighten pipe and base

%DVHERG\

6WDLQOHVV7DSHUHGVHFWLRQRIERG\&DSQXW VWHHOSLSH)URQWIHUUXOH)URQWIHUUXOH

6WDLQOHVVVWHHOSLSH

1. Confirm whether the parts of a base fit asshown %DVHERG\
in the figure above, and then insert
a stainless steel tube until its end makes
6WDLQOHVV
contact with the back of the body.
VWHHOSLSH

0DWLQJWXUQV PDUN

0DWLQJPDUN&DSQXW%DFNIHUUXOH

MS99

MS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMT1H

EMT6
&DSQXW

EMP5A
2. After tightening the cap nut with
%DVHERG\
0DWLQJ
the fingers up to the point
whereWXUQV PDUN
it does not turn any further, put amating mark on each of the base
0DWLQJ
bodyand the cap nut.

3. From this position, tighten
the cap nut by turning it one
and one-quarter turns with awrench.

PDUN

0DWLQJ
PDUN

FR51A

EMTGP1%DVHERG\

0DWLQJPDUN

WO71&DSQXW%DFNIHUUXOH%DVHERG\

WO81

EMRT1

HWS15A&DSQXW&DSQXW
after a disconnection• Method to retighten pipe
1.	Before connecting the pipe, confirm that no foreign substances, such as dirt, are attached to the tapered section of the
body and the front ferrule.
2.	Insert thepipe until the front ferrule makes contact with the tapered section of the body, and then tighten the cap nut with
%DVHERG\
0DWLQJ
the fingers to the point where
it does not turn any further.
WXUQV PDUN
3. Hook a stabilizing wrench to the base body, and tighten the cap nut by turning it one and one-quarter turns.

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

0DWLQJPDUN&DSQXW

120

Precautions on use！
List ofproducts

WO81

Precautions for Manostar gauges

Accuracy of Manostar gauges○For Manostar gauges, catalog accuracies are guaranteed throughout the whole range of the pressure span.

WO71○JIS B 7505-1, which stipulates Bourdon tube pressure gauges among aneroid pressure gauges, specifies the tolerable
errors on a scale range basis. Note, however, that Manostar gauges are not Bourdon tube pressure gauges. Because of

FR51A

MS99

the employment of a unique mechanism, for Manostar gauges, uniform accuracy is guaranteed throughout the whole range(0% to 100% FS) of the pressure span.

Tolerable accuracy specified by JIS B 7505-1.......... The stipulation tolerates an accuracy of 1.5 times the specified accuracy in the 10% range each atboth ends of the pressure span and the 5% range each before and after the zero point in the zero center range.

MS99S

Pressure span .......This indicates the absolute value of the entire pressure span from the minimum value to the maximum value in the scale range.
Example: pressure span with 300 Pa rangepressure span with ± 300 Pa range

MS61A-RA

QDP33

→
→

[300 Pa][600 Pa]

Connection of base for zero center range○A Manostar gauge is a differential pressure gauge and is used to measure the difference between two pressures. Whenthese pressure values change, the gauge indication fluctuates in both the positive direction and the negative direction. For

EMD8A

measurements under such conditions, a zero center range is used.
○The polarities in the zero center range are determined by the following piping conditions.

EMD7

		 (1) W hen the HIGH base is connected to the high-pressure side and the LOW base is connected to the low-pressure side,
the pointer moves in the clockwise direction. On the scale plate for the zero center range of Manostar gauges, thisdirection is set as positive. (Pressure at HIGH side base > Pressure at LOW side base)

EMT1

		 (2) When the indicator moves in the opposite direction, it is negative. (Pressure at HIGH side base < Pressure at LOW sidebase)

EMTGP1EMT1H○In the use of the zero center range, assume that the use condition in (1) above is set as normal, and the use condition in (2)above is set as abnormal, for example. In the normal state under these conditions, connecting the high-pressure side to the
HIGH base makes the pointer indicate a positive value. After connection, if the state turns into the abnormal state, the pointerindicates a negative value.
○If the high-pressure side and low-pressure side of a pressure detector are unknown, measure the pressure difference by

EMT6

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

121

using the zero center range, and then identify the polarity by the direction in which the pointer moves.

Maintenance
Maintenance

List ofproducts

Actions to take in the event of failure and malfunctioning○If a Manostar product (instrument) does not operate normally, by referring to the investigation procedures shown below,
investigate the product yourself to see whether the malfunctioning has been caused by an instrument failure, pressure
detector, or the piping system.
○If an investigation has made clear that the instrument has failed, contact us via the following.
Failure investigation procedures
Check the pipes and pressure detector for clogging.

Address clogging.

Defective

MS99
Address leakage anddisconnection.

NormalDefective

Check the polarity in pipe connection.

NormalDefective

Check individual products.

WO71

FR51A
Defective

NormalCheck the pipes and pressure detector for leakage
and disconnection.

WO81

Address erroneousconnection.

Address defective products.

Contact the manufacturer.

NormalMS99S

MS61A-RA

QDP33

Causes
A: Pulsation of measured pressure due to mistake inconstruction design.

EMD8A

B: Mistake in calculation of airflow rate of duct, fan, etc.
C: Mistake in selection of pressure range of instrument

EMD7

D: Mistake in design and assembly of piping/wiring system○Actions to take concerning product returned to distributor or trading company that
handles it
Check individual products.

EMT1

Contact for failure and malfunctioning

EMTGP1

1-2-3, Nishi-shiriike-cho, Nagata-ku, Kobe,
Hyogo 653-0031 JAPANTEL. +81-78-621-7000　　FAX. +81-78-621-7788

EMT1H

Manostar Shop Co., Ltd.

Contact the manufacturer.

EMT6

Periodical calibration of instrument○In general, to retain the service life and reliability of an instrument for a long period, it is important to prevent stress due toexternal factors from being applied to the instrument. It is not necessary to conduct maintenance, lubrication in particular, as
long as the instrument is appropriately used in accordance with the instruction manual. However, we recommend that you
conduct periodic calibrations once a year. For periodic calibrations, contact the distributor or us.
○Please be advised that depending on the condition of the instrument, we may decline your request for calibration.

Accuracy maintenanceThe calibration system for maintaining the accuracy of our pressure standards is shown below.
Calibration (traceability) system
National
standard

National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology

Referencestandard

Pneumatic dead-weight pressure gauge

Digital pressure gauge

EMP5A

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
Maintenance

Pressure
standard

Digital pressure gauge

Our products

WO81・WO71・FR51A・MS99・MS99S・MS61A-RA
QDP33・EMD8A・EMD7・EMT1・EMTGP1・EMT1H・EMT6, and so on

122Maintenance
List ofproducts

WO81

WO71

MaintenanceCalibration service○ In our calibration service, we conduct calibration of products and make optimum adjustments in accordance with the condition of eachproduct.
We provide the services of maintaining the accuracy and reliability of instruments by returning them in good condition to customers.
*We provide calibration services for our products only.

FR51A

Types of calibration service• Standard calibration: We conduct calibration and optimum adjustment of the instrument.
• Speedy calibration: We conduct calibration and optimum adjustment of the instrument in a short period. (Speedy calibration
requires an extra fee in addition to the fee for the standard calibration.)

MS99

What is optimum adjustment?
It refers to an adjustment conducted by us to make the instrument indicate values as close to the true values as possible regardlessof whether the calibration result is within or outside the tolerable range.

QDP33

EMD8A

EMD7

EMT1

EMTGP1

EMT1H

or outside the guaranteed accuracy range. (For instruments compliant with RoHS only)
However, if a product that is to be adjusted is already in the optimum condition, we will not
conduct optimum adjustment.

When you do not desire optimum
adjustment:

Documents to be issued
When optimum adjustment is conducted: W
 e will issue inspection reports (two copies) listing data before adjustment and data after
adjustment, respectively.
When optimum adjustment is not conducted: We will issue an inspection report of the calibrated data only.
*We will issue a calibration certificate and a standard calibration certificate, each for a fee. The expense for the inspection report isincluded in the calibration service fee.
OthersWhen a product is be calibrated but cannot be calibrated, we will contact the customer and report whether it can be repaired or not.

Repair service○We will repair products requested to be calibrated that require repair, and products requested to be repaired.
*We provide a repair service for our products only.
*We cannot repair products not compliant with RoHS.
Documents to be issued
When we have conducted a repair, we will issue an inspection report after the repair (one copy).
OthersWhen a product is be repaired but cannot be repaired, we will contact the customer.

<Flow from request to return>

EMT6

EMRT1

HWS15A

Accessories
Application

Precautions
MaintenanceCalibration service▼Standard calibration [work period of 10 to 15 days]▼Speedy calibration [work period of 2 to 3 days]

EMP5A

We will not conduct optimum adjustment as long as the product is within the guaranteed
accuracy range. If the product is out of the guaranteed accuracy range, we will contactyou.

Repair service

Calibration/
repair request sheet

Calibration/
repair request sheet

Order sheet

Request for quotation of repair⬇

⬇

Receipt of product requested tobe calibrated/order sheet

Receipt of product requested tobe repaired

Check of product requested
to be calibrated

Check of product requested to be
repaired

⬇

⬇

⬇
⬇

Calibration/optimum adjustment⬇
Return of calibrated product⬇
Receipt of calibrated product⬇
⬇

Contact to report that the repair
can be made/quotation⬇

Order sheet⬇

⬇

Return/disposal of product thatcannot be repaired⬇

Receipt of product that cannot
be repaired

Repair⬇

Return of repaired product⬇
Receipt of repaired product*The calibration/repair request sheet can be downloaded from our website.

123

Contact to report that the repair
is impossible

When repair is impossible

MS61A-RAWhen you want optimum adjustment: We will conduct optimum adjustment regardless of whether the calibration result is within

When calibration is impossible

MS99S

Processing/work
conducted by us
Processing conducted by
distributor or sales shop

Warranty■Warranty period
The warranty period for our product is one (1) year from delivery to the location specified by the orderer who makes a direct transaction
with us.

■Scope of warranty
If any failure or defect attributable to us becomes clear during the above warranty period, we will repair the product or supply asubstitute product free of charge. However, even during the warranty period, we will exclude the product from the scope of the warranty
if the failure or defect corresponds to any of the following:(1) The failure or defect was caused by an unreasonable condition, environment, handling, or usage not mentioned in the
instruction manual, specifications, and our product catalog.
(2) The failure or defect was caused by a factor other than our product.
(3) The failure or defect was caused by a modification or repair conducted by a party other than us.
(4) The failure or defect was caused by an event that could not be foreseen at the scientific and technical levels at the time of
product shipment from us.
(5) The failure or defect was caused by an external factor not attributable to us, such as acts of God and disasters.
Please note that the warranty mentioned here means the warranty for our individual product, and damage provoked by a failure or
defect of the product is excluded from the scope of the warranty.
*This warranty is valid only in Japan.

Application and usage
Our products are designed and manufactured as general-purpose instruments for general industries.
Therefore, our products are not intended for the following uses, and our products used in such a manner are outside the scope of
application.
(1) Equipment that is anticipated to greatly affect lives and properties, such as nuclear power generation, aviation, railways, marine
vessels, vehicles, and medical devices(2) Utilities that include electricity, gas, and service water(3) Use in outdoor locations and under similar conditions or environments other than those stipulated in the instruction manual(4) Usage to which considerable safety consideration and attention equivalent to (1) and (2) above need to be given

Service■Scope of service
Because the product price does not include service expenses, such as the dispatch of engineers, we will separately charge for the
expenses in the following cases:(1) Instruction for installation and adjustment and a witnessed test run(2) Maintenance inspection, adjustments, and repairs(3) Technical guidance and technical education(4) Witnessed inspections of products at our factory<<Note>> The product specifications and information in this catalog are subject to change without prior notice for product improvement orother reasons.

●For order placement, contact

Generalagent

Manostar Shop Co., Ltd.

1-2-3 Nishishiriike-cho, Nagata-ku, Kobe City, Hyogo 653-0031
TEL. +81-78-621-7000 FAX. +81-78-621-7788

Manufacturer

Yamamoto Electric Works Co., Ltd.

1-2-3 Nishishiriike-cho, Nagata-ku, Kobe City, Hyogo 653-0031
TEL. +81-78-631-6000 FAX. +81-78-631-6020

SEPTEMBER 2021 YAMAMOTO ELECTRIC WORKS CO., LTD., JAPAN